Chevrolet | 1993 Camaro | Owner`s manual | Chevrolet 1993 Camaro Owner`s manual

I
Camaro
introduction
Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4
Part 5
Part 6
Part 7
Part 8
1994 Owner’s Manual
Table of Contents
HOWto Use
This
Manual
Seats 81 Restraint
Systems
Features & Controls
ComfortControls & AudioSystems
Road
Your Driving
the
and
Road
Problems
theon
Care
Service & Appearance
=
Maintenance
Schedule
Customer
Assistance
Information
m
=
=
6
11
45
107
123
147
179
237
257
Including “Reporting Safety Defects” on page 259.
Part 9
Printed in U.S.A.
Index
ServiceStationInformation
m m . . . = . . = . . . . . m m m . = . m = = = m = m = = = = = = = =
Part No. 10260940 A
267
Last Page
Second Edition
1
...
How to Use This Manual
For Canadian OwnersWho Prefer a
French Language Manual
Aux propribtaires canadiens: Vous pd&f%
Please keep this manual in yourChevrolet, vous procurer un exemplaire de ce guide
so it will be there if you ever need it when en frangais chez votre concessionaire ou au
you’re on the road. If you sell the vehicle, DGN Marketing Services Ltd., 1500
please leave this manual in it so the new
Bonhill Rd., Mississauga, Ontario L5T
owner can use it.
1C7.
This manual includes the latest information
at the time itwas printed. We reserve the
right to make changes in the product after
that time without further notice. For
vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the
name “General Motors of Canada Limited”
for Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
appears in this manual.
important Notes about This
Manual
...2
Published by:
Chevrolet MotorDivision
General Motors Corporation
General Motors, GM and the GM
emblem, Chevrolet and the Chevrolet
emblem, and Camaro and the Camaro
emblem are registeredtrademarks of
General Motors Corporation.
@Copyright1993 General Motors
Corporation, Chevrolet Motor Division.
All Rights Reserved.
The Heritage of Chevrolet
.....................
The dynamic William C. “Billy” Durant
shifted gears@ommaking carriages to
making cars, forming half of team
the
that gave birthto Chevrolet,
Louis Chevrolet, the other halfof the team,at
the wheel of his experimental “ClassicSix,”
which enteredproduction in 1912. That year
2999 vehicles wereproduced.
. ,. .
...;..
The legacy of America’s favorite
sportscar beganin 1953, when 31 9 hand-
I
I
I
I
I
'"""'"""""""""r
I
I
...,~
,..
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
j R e 1957
started
Chevy
the a with
romance
American public-and was powered by an
II available @el-injected V8.
I
I
'60sautomotive excitement
included Chevroletlandmarks like
the Corvette Sting Ray, thesporty
Camaro, and powerplants like the
legendary 327 V8.
----------.
Your new Chevrolet continues a tradition
of quality and value.
5...
How to Use This Manual
H o w to Use This
Manual
Many people read their owner’s manual
from beginning to end when they first
receive their new vehicle. This will help
you learn about the features and controls
for your vehicle. In this manual, you’ll
find that pictures and words work
together to explain things quickly.
Index: A good placeto look for what
you need is the Indexin back of the
manual. It’s an alphabetical list of all
that’s in the manual, and the page
number where you’ll find it.
Parts 1-8: Each part of this manual
begins with a brief list of itscontents, so
you can oftenfind at a glance if a part
contains the information you want.
... 6
How to Use This Manual:This part
tells you how to use your manual and
includes safety and vehicle damage
warnings and symbols.
Part 1 - Seats & Restraint Systems:
This part tells you how to use yourseats
and safety belts properly.It also
explains the air bag system.
Part 2 - Features & Controls: This
part explains how to start and operate
your Chevrolet.
Part 3 - Comfort Controls & Audio
Systems: This part tells you howto
adjust the comfort controls and how to
operate your sound system.
Part 4 - Your Driving and the Road:
Here you’ll find helpful information
and tips about the road and how todrive
under different conditions.
Part 5 - Problems on the Road:This
part tells you what to do if you have a
problem while driving, such as a flat
tire or engine overheating, etc.
Part 6 - Service & Appearance
Care: Here the manual tells you how
to keep your Chevrolet running
properly and looking good.
Part 7 - Maintenance Schedule:
This part tells when to perform vehicle
maintenance and what fluids and
lubricants to use.
Part 8 - Customer Assistance
Information: This part includes
important information about reporting
safety defects and gives you details
about the “Roadside Assistance”
program. You will also find customer
satisfaction phone numbers (including
customer satisfaction numbers for the
hearing and speech impaired), as well
as the mediatiodarbitration procedure.
We’ve also included ordering
information for service publicationsin
this part.
Service Station Information: This is
a quick reference of service
information. You can find iton the last
page of this manual.
NOTICE:
These mean there is something that
could damage your vehicle.
You will also find a circle with a slash
through it in this book. This safety symbc,1 Mehicle Damage Warnings
You will find a number of safety cautions means “Don’t,’’ “Don’t do this,” or “Don!’t AI[so, in this book you will find these
in this book. We use a box with a gray
let this happen.”
ncktices.
background and the word CAUTION to
In the notice area, we tell you about
tell you about things that could hurt you if
something that can damage your vehicle.
you were to ignore the warning.
Many times, this damage would not be
In the gray caution area, we tell you what
colvered by your warranty, and it could be
the hazard is. Then we tell you what to do
coIstly. But the notice will tellyou what to
to help avoid or reduce the hazard. Please
do1 to help avoid the damage.
read these cautions. If you don’t, you or
W‘henyou read other manuals, you might
others could be hurt.
sete CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in
d ifferent
~
colors or in different words.
YCm’ll also see warning labels on your
vehicle. They use yellow for cautions, blue
fo:c notices and the words CAUTION or
Nc3TICE.
Safefy Warnings and Symbols
‘I
7..
How to Use This Manual
Vehicle Symbols
These are some of the symbols you will
find on your vehicle. For example, these
symbols are used on an original battery:
These symbols are important for you and
your passengers whenever your vehicle is
driven:
Headlight Hlgh Beam
Parking Lights
Fasten Safety Belts
Caution Possible Injury
A
Protect Eyes by Shielding
@
Caustic Battery Acid
Could Cause Burns
Avoid Sparks or Flames
Sparks or Flamecould
Explode Battery
...e
Courtesy Lights
Door LocWUnlock
Fog Lamps
Window Up/Down
These symbols are on some of your
Zontrols:
These symbols have to do with your lights:
8
Windshield Wiper
Master Lighting Switch
Turn Signal Direction
Hazard Warning Flashers
$0
Windshield Washer
A
Windshield Defroster
Rear Window Defogger
Ventilating Fan
These symbols are used on warning and
indicator lights:
Anti-Lock Brake System
(Canada)
Engine Coolant
Low Coolant
Temperature
m
Here are some other symbols you may see:
Bi-Level
Battery Charging System
Vent
El
Hatchflrunk Release
Fuel
Hood Release
Heater
B
Engine Oil Pressure
Lighter
Blend
Brake (Canada)
Horn
k3
Speaker
9..
How to Use This Manual
.. .10
a
.
w
H e r e you’ll find information
about the seats in your
Chevrolet and how to use
your safety belts properly. You
can also learn about some
things you should not do with
safety belts.
Part 1
Seats & Restraint Systems
SeatsandSeatControls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
Safety Belts: They’re for Everyone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16
Why Safety Belts Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17
Here Are Questions Many People Ask about Safety Belts - and the Answers . . 19
Safety Belt Reminder Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20
How to Wear Safety Belts Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
34
35
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42
LargerChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43
Checking Your Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
11
...
Seats and Restraint Systems
Seats and Seat Controls
This section tells you about the seats how to adjust them, andalso about
reclining front seatbacks, seatback latches
and the folding rear seatback.
.. . 1 2
Manual Front Seat
Four- Way Manual Seat
Move the lever under the passenger’s
front seat to unlock it. Slide the seat to
where you want it. Then release the lever
and try to move the seat with your body,
to make sure the seat is locked into place.
Be sure the lever returns to its original
position after moving the seat.
To move the driver’s seat forward or
backward, lift the lever underthe left
front of the seat. Slide the seat to where
you want it. Then release the lever and
try to move the seat with your body to
make sure the seat is locked into place.
To tilt the entire seat, lift the lever under
the right front of the seat.
A CAUTION:
You can lose control of the vehicle if
you try to adjust a manual driver’s
seat while the vehicle is moving. The
sudden movement could startle and
confuse you, or make you push a
pedal when you don’t wantto. Adjust
the driver’s seatonly when the
vehicle is not moving.
5ix- Way Power Seat (Option)
Reclining Front Seatbacks
‘he driver’s seat has three controls o n tht
2 f t side.
‘he front control makes the front of the
eat go up and down.
’he back control makes the back of the
eat go up and down.
?he center control makes the whole seat
;o up and down or forward and
backward.
To adjust the seatback, lift the lever on the
suter side of the seat. Release the lever to
lock the seatback where you want it. Pull
JP on the lever, and the seat will go to its
xiginal upright position. But don’t have
[he seatback reclined if your vehicle is
moving.
13
...
Seats and Restraint Systems
F
.. ..
.
..
Front Seatbacklatches
The front seatbacks fold forward to let
people get into the back seat. To fold a
seatback forward, push the seatback
toward the rear as you lift this latch.
Then the seatback will fold foward.
Whed y6i.1return the seatback to its
original position, make sure the
seatback is locked. The latch must be
down for the seat to work properly.
-
*
IThen sit.wdlback in the seat and wear your safety belt properly.
.. . 1 4
To raise the seatbaclc:
1. Pull it up to the locked, upright
position.
2. Be sure both latches hold the seatback
in place. Have them fixed if they
don 't.
A CAUTION:
If the seatback isn't locked,it could
move forward in a sudden stop or
crash. That could cause injury to the
person sitting there.Always press
rearward on the seatbackto be sure it
is locked.
Folding Rear Seatback
The rear seatback in your Chevrolet folds
down to provide more storage space.
To fold the seatback down:
1. Pull forward onboth levers.
2. Fold the seatback down.
15 ...
Seats and Restraint Systems
Safety Belts: They’re
for Everyone
This part of the manual tells you how to
use safety belts properly. It also tells you
some things you should not do with safety
belts, And it explains the Supplemental
Inflatable Restraint, or “air bag” system.
:his figure lights up as areminder to
buckle up. (See “Safety Belt Reminder
Jght” in the Index.)
n many states and Canadian provinces,
he law says to wear safety belts. Here’s
vhy: Thev work.
.. . 1 6
You never know if you’ll be in a crash. If
you do have a crash, you don’t know if it
will be a bad one.
A few crashes are mild, and some crashes
can be so sieri~u~
that even buckled up a
person wouldn’t survive. But most
crashes are in between. In many of them,
people who buckle up can survive and
sometimes walk away. Without belts they
could have been badly hurt or killed.
After more than 25 years of safety belts in
vehicles, the facts are clear. In most
crashes buckling up does matter ... a lot!
__...
Why Safety Belts Work
.,..
When the bike hits the block, it stops. But
the child keeps going!
Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose it's
just a seat on wheels.
When you ride in or on anything, you go
as fast as it goes.
For example, if the bike is going 10 mph
( 1 6 k m k ) , so is the child.
17
...
Seats and Restraint Systems
I
I
'c
,..\-."
.;- T - 2 .
,
. .-
:.
.*
4m.S
.. ..
Put someone on it.
... I 8
Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle.
The rider doesn't stop.
The person keeps going until stopped by
something.
In a real vehicle, it could be the
windshield ...
f
Here Are Questions
Many PeopleAsk about
Safety Belts - and the
Answers
Q: Won’t I be trapped in the vehicle
after an accident if I’m wearing a
safety belt?
... .. .
or the instrument panel
...
~
or the safety belts!
With safety belts, you slow down as the
vehicle does. You get more time to stop.
You stop over more distance, and your
strongest bones take the forces. That’s
why safety belts make such good sense.
A: You could be - whether you’re
wearing a safety belt or not. But you
can easilyunbuckle a safety belt, even
if you’re upside down. And your
chance of being conscious duringand
after an accident, so you can unbuckle
and get out, ismuch greater if you are
belted.
19.,
Seats and Restraint Systems
Q: Why don’t they just put in air bags
so people won’thave to wear safety
belts?
A: Air bags, or Supplemental Inflatable
Restraint systems, are in some
vehicles today and will be in more of
them in the future. But they are
supplemental systems only - so they
work with safety belts, not instead of
them. Every air bag system ever
offered for sale has required the use
of safety belts. Even if you’re in a
vehicle that has air bags, you still
have to buckle up to get the most
protection. That’s true not only in
frontal collisions, but especially in
side and other collisions.
...20
Q: If I’m a good driver, and1 never
drive far from home,why should I
wear safety belts?
A: You may be an excellent driver, but if
you’re in an accident - even one that
isn’t your fault - you and your
passengers can be hurt. Being a good
driver doesn’t protect you from things
beyond your control, such as bad
drivers.
Most accidents occur within 25 miles
(40 km) of home. And the greatest
Safety Belt Reminder
number of serious injuries and deaths
occur at speeds of less than 40 mph
Light
(65 km/h).
When the key is turned to “Run” or
Safety belts are for everyone.
“Start,” a chime will come on for about
eight seconds to remind people to fasten
their safety belts, unless the driver’s
safety belt is already buckled. The safety
belt light will also come on and stay on
until the driver’s belt is buckled.
I
How to Wear Safety
Belts Properly
Adults
This section is only for people of adult
size.
Be aware that there are special things to
know about safety belts and children. And
there are different rules for smaller
children and babies. If a child will be
riding in your Chevrolet, see the section
after this one, called “Children.” Follow First, you’ll want to know which restraint
systems your vehicle has.
those rules for everyone’s protection.
We’ll start with the driver position.
Driver Position
This section describes the driver’s
restraint system.
a
b
Lap-Shoulder Belt
The driver has a lap-shoulder belt. Here’s
how to wear it properly.
1, Close and lock the door.
2. Adjust the seat (to see how, see
“Seats” in the Index) so you can sit up
straight.
21
...
Seats and Restraint Systems
4. Push the latch plate into the buckle
until it clicks.
3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the
belt across you. Don’t let it get
twisted.
... 22
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure
it is secure. If the belt isn’t long
enough, see “Safety Belt Extender’’ at
the end of this section.
Make sure the release button on the
buckle is positioned so you would be
able to unbuckle the safety belt
quickly if you ever had to.
5. To make the lap part tight, pull down
on the buckle end of the belt as you
pull up on the shoulder belt.
’he lap part of the belt should be worn
ow and snug on the hips, just touching
he thighs. In a crash, this applies force to
he strong pelvic bones. And you’d be
zss likely to slide under the lap belt. If
‘ou slid under it, the belt would apply
orce at your abdomen. Thiscould cause
erious or even fatal injuries. The
houlder belt should go over the shoulder
nd across the chest. Theseparts of the
lody are best able to take belt restraining
orces.
’he safety belt locks if there’s a sudden
top or crash.
: What’s wrong with this?
: The shoulder belt is too loose. It won7
give nearly as much protection this
way.
23. .
Seats and Restraint Systems
A CAUTION:
8
I
1
Q: What’s wrong with this?
A: The belt is buckled in the wrong
place.
A CAUTION:
You can be seriously injured if your
belt is buckled in the wrong place
like this. In a crash, the belt would go
up over your abdomen. The belt
forces would be there, not at the pelvic bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries. Always buckle your
belt into the buckle nearest you.
... 24
Q: What’s wrong with this?
A: The shoulder belt is worn under the
arm. It should be worn over the
shoulder at all times.
wear the shoulder beltunder your
arm. In a crash, your body would
move too far forward, which would
increase the chanceof head and neck
injury. Also, the belt wuuld apply too
much force to the ribs, which aren’t
as strong as shoulder bones. You
could also severely injure internal
organs like your liver or spleen.
I
I
Q: What’s wrong with this?
A: The belt is twisted across the body.
To unlatch the belt, just push the button
on the buckle. The belt should go back
out of the way.
Before you close the door, be sure the belt
is out of the way. If you slam the door on
it, you can damage both the belt and your
vehicle.
25
...
’
Seatsand Restraint Systems
This vehicle hasAIR BAGS for front occupants.
CAUTION: YOU NEED YOUR SAFETY BELT, EVEN WITH AN AIR BAG.
AND HERE’S WHY:
Air bags are not designedto inflate in rollovers or in rear, side orlow-speedfrontal crashes.
Air bags inflate with great force, faster than the blink
of an eye. If you’re too close to an inflating
you in position for air bag inflation
air bag, it could seriously injure you. Safety belts help keep
in a crash.
An inflating air bag can seriously injure small children. Follow the instructions on the passenger
safety belt Caution label.
REGULAR MAINTENANCE OF THEAIR BAG SYSTEMIS NOT REQUIRED. If the
or doesn’t comeon when you first start
air bag readiness light comes on while you are driving,
your vehicle, see your dealer for service.
PRINTED IN U.5.A
See
your
Owner’s
Manual
for
more
information.
PART NO.C20-30-355
A
.
Supplemental lnfhtable
Restraint System (Air Bags)
This section explains the Supplemental
Inflatable Restraint (SIR), or “air bag,”
system. Your Chevrolet has an air bag
for both the driver and the right-front
passenger.
... 26
Here are the most important things to
know:
BAG
1
kir Bag Readiness Light
’here is an air bag readiness light on the
xtrument panel, which shows “AIR
ELAG” on it. The system checks for
n e lectrical malfunctions, and the light tells
Y ou if there is a problem.
k‘ou will see this light flash for a few
when you turn your ignition to
..SCeconds
Run” or “Start.” Then the light should g(
0ut, which means the system is ready.
R:emember, if the air bag readiness light
doesn’t come on when you start your
V ehicle, or stays on, or comes on when
You are driving, your air bag system may
n ot work properly. Have your vehicle
air bag, or, worse, it could cause inju- SCzrviced right away.
ry.
. .
How the Air Bag System Works
Where is the air bag?
The driver’s air bag is in the middle of the
steering wheel.
A
27
...
Seats and Restraint Systems
The right-front passenger’s air bag is
located in the instrument panel on the
passenger’s side.
1
.
’ *
.
...28
. , .
/.
.
.
When is an air bag expected to inflate?
The air bag is designed to inflate in
moderate to severe frontal or near-frontal
crashes. The air bag will only inflate if the
velocity of the impact is above the
designed threshold level. When impacting
straight into a wall that does not move or
deform, the threshold level for most GM
vehicles is between 9 and 15 mph (14 and
23 km/h). However, this velocity
threshold depends on the vehicle design
and may be several miles-per-hour faster
or slower. In addition, this threshold
velocity will be considerably higher if the
vehicle strikes an object such as aparked
car which will move and deform on
impact. The air bag is also not designed to
inflate in rollovers, side. impacts, or rear
impacts where the inflation would provide
no occupant protection benefit.
It is possible that in a crash, only one of
the two air bags in your Camaro will
deploy. This israre, but can happen ina
crash justsevere enough to make an air
bag inflate.
In any particular crash, the determination
of whether the air bag should have
inflated cannot be based solely on the
level of damage on the vehicle@).
Inflation is determined by the angle of the
impact and the vehicle’s deceleration, of
which vehicle damage is only one
indication. Repair cost isnot a good
indicator of whether an air bagshould
have deployed.
What makes an airbag inflate?
In a frontal or near-frontal impact of
sufficient severity, the air bag sensing
system detects that the vehicle is suddenly
stopping as aresult of a crash. The
sensing sytem triggers a chemical reaction
of the sodium azide sealed in the inflator,
The reactionproduces nitrogen gas,
which inflates a clothbag. The inflator,
cloth bag, and related hardware ‘areall
part of the air bag inflator modules
packed inside the steering wheel and in
the instrument panel in front of the
passenger.
How does an air bag restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or
near-frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering wheel
or the instrument panel. The air bag
supplements the protection provided by
safety belts. Air bags distribute the force
of the impact more evenly over the
occupant’s upper body, stopping the
occupant more gradually. But air bags
would not provide protection in many
types of collisions, including rollovers
and rear and side impacts, primarily
because an occupant’s motion is not
toward the air bag. Air bags should never
be regarded as anything more than a
supplement to safety belt protection in
moderate to severe frontal and
near-frontal collisions.
What will you see after an air bag
inflation?
After the air bag has inflated, it will then
quickly deflate. This occurs so quickly
that some people may not even realize
that the air bag inflated. Some
components of the air bag module in the
steering wheel hub for the driver’s air bag
or the instrument panel for the
passenger’s bag may be hot for a short
time, but the portion of the bag that comes
into contact .with you will not be hot to
the touch. There w i l l be small amounts of
smoke coming from vents i n the deflated
air bags. The air bag will rn impede the
driver’s vision or ability to steer the
vehicle, nor will it hinder the occupants
from exiting the vehicle.
In many crashes severe enough to inflate
an air bag, windshields are broken by
vehicle deformation. Additional
windshield breakage may occur in
vehicles with passenger air bags because
the windshield acts as a reaction surface
for the inflating air bag.
0 The air bags are designed to inflate only
once. After they inflate you’ll need some
new parts for your air bag system. If you
don’t get them, the air bag system won’t
be there to help protect you i n another
crash. A new system will include air bag
modules and possibly other parts. The
service manual has information about the
need to replace other pans.
Your vehicle is equipped with a
diagnostic module. which records
information about the air bag system if
the air bag deploys i n a crash. The
module records information about the
readiness of the system, which sensors
activated the deployment, and whether thr
driver’s safety belt was in use.
Let only qualified technicians work on
your air bag system. Improper service car
mean that your air bag system won’t work
properly. See your dealer for service.
If you damage the cover for the driver’s or the right-front passenger’s air
bag, they may not work properly.
You may have tu replace the air bag
on the steering wheel or both the air
bag and the instrument panel for the
passenger’s air bag. Do not open or
break the air bag covers.
29
...
Seats and Restraint Systems
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped
Chevrolet
The particles emitted during air bag
Air bags affect how your Chevrolet
should be serviced. There areparts of the
inflation are not harmful to most people.
air bag system in several places around
Some people with respiratory ailments
your
vehicle. You don’t want the system
may experience difficulty breathing if
they stay in the vehicle with the windows to inflate while someone is working on
your vehicle. Your Chevrolet dealer and
closed after air bag inflation. So, if your
the 1994 Camaro Service Manual have
air bag inflates, you and any passengers
information about servicing your vehicle
should exit the vehicle if and when it is
and the air bag system. The air bag
safe to doso. If you or your passengers
system does not need regular
can’t get out of the vehicle, try to get
fresh air by opening a window, turning on maintenance.
the fan,or opening a door.
Is the smoke from an air bag inflation
harmful?
... 30
-
I
.
. .
!
Safety BeltUse during
Pregnancy
Safety belts work for everyone, including
pregnant women. Like all occupants, they
are more likely to be seriously injured if
they don’t wear safety belts.
A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion
should be worn as low as possible
rhroughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is to
protect the mother. When a safety belt is
worn properly, it’s more likely that the
fetus won’t be hurt in a crash. For
pregnant women, as for anyone, the key
to making safety belts effective is wearing
them properly.
Passenger Positions
Etear Seat Passengers
Right Front Passenger Position
The right front passenger’s safety belt
works the same way as the driver’s safety
belt. See “Driver Position,” earlier in this
part.
1;t’s very important for rear seat
Ptassengers to buckle up! Accident
Statistics show that unbelted people in the
rlear seat are hurt more often in crashes
tlhan those who are wearing safety belts.
F:ear passengers who aren’t safety belted
Can be thrown out of the vehicle in a
C rash. And they can strike others in the
V ,chicle who are wearing safety belts.
I.ap-Shoulder Belt
T‘he rear seats have lap-shoulder belts.
I-lere’s how to wear one properly.
31
...
Seats and Restraint Systems
If the belt is not long enough, see
“Safety Belt Extender” at the end of
this section.
Make sure the release button on the
buckle is positioned so you would be
able to unbuckle the safety belt
quickly if you ever had to.
1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the
belt across you. Don’t let it get
twisted.
2. Push the latch plate into the buckle
until it clicks.
... 32
If the belt stops before it reaches the
buckle, tilt the latch plate and keep
pulling until you can buckle it.
Pull up on the latch plate to make sure
it is secure.
3. To make the lap part tight, pull down
on the buckle end of the belt as you
pull up on the shoulder part.
'he lap part of the belt should be worn
3w and snug on the hips, just touching
he thighs. In a crash, this applies force to
he strong pelvic bones. And you'd be
zss likely to slide under the lap belt. If
'ou slid under it, the belt would apply
orce at your abdomen. Thiscould cause
erious or even fatal injuries. The
houlder belt should go over the shoulder
.nd across the chest. Theseparts of the
,ody are best able to take belt restraining
.orces.
I'he safety belt locks if there's a sudden
;top or a crash.
-9
Y
b...
Seats and Restraint Systems
t
0
To unlatch the belt, just push the
button on the buckle.
Smaller Children and Babies
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs protection!
That includes infants and all children
smaller than adult size. In fact, the law in
every state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says children up
to some age must be restrained while in a
vehicle.
... 34
,
Child Restraints
Be sure to follow the instructions for
the restraint. You may find these
instructions on the restraint itself or in
a booklet, or both. These restraints use
the belt system in your vehicle, but the
child also has to be secured within the
restraint to help reduce the chance of
personal injury. The instructions that
come with the infant or child restraint
will show you how to do that.
Where to Put the Restraint
baby will. suddenly become a 240-pound (1 10 kg) force on your-arms. The baby
would be almost impossible tu hold.
Secure the baby in an infant r e g i n t .
I
Accident statistics show that children
are safer if they are restrained in the
General Motors therefore recommend
that you put your child restraint in the
rear seat. NEVER put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front passenger
seat. Here's why:
35
...
Seats and Restraint Systems
Wherever you install it, be sure to secure
the child restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured child
restraint can move aroundin a collision
or sudden stop and injure people in the
vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any
child restraint in your vehicle - even
when no child is in it.
Top Strap
If your child restraint has a top strap, it
should be anchored.
If you need to have an anchor installed,
you can ask your Chevrolet dealerto put
it in for you. If you want to installan
anchor yourself, your dealer can tell you
how to do it.
If you have a convertible, don’t use a
restraint that has a top strap in your
vehicle because the top strap anchor
cannot be installed properly.
...36
If the shoulder belt goes in front of the
child’s face orneck, put it behind the
child restraint.
Securing a Child Restraint in the Rear
Seat
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt. See
For cars firstsold in Canada, child
the earliersection about the top strap if
restraints with a top strapmust be
the child restraint has one.
anchored according toCanadian Law.
1. Put the restrainton the seat. Follow
Your dealer can obtain the
hardware kit
the instructions forthe child restraint.
and install it for you, or
you may install it
2. Secure the child in the child restraint
yourself using the instructionsprovided
as the instructions say.
with the kit.
Use the tetherhardware kit available from 3. Pick up the latch plate,and run the lap
and shoulder portions of the vehicle’s
the dealer. The hardware and installation
safety belt through or around the
instructions were specifically designed for
restraint. Thechild restraint
this vehicle.
instructions will show you how. Tilt
the latchplate to adjust the belt if
needed.
37 ...
Seats and Restraint Systems
4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release
button is positioned so you would be
able to unbuckle the safety belt
quickly if you ever had to.
... 38
6. Push and pull the child restraint in
5. To tighten the belt, pull up on the
different directions to be sure it is
shoulder belt while you push down on
secure.
the child restraint.
To remove the child restraint, just
unbuckle the vehicle's safety belt and let
it go back all the way. The safety belt will
move freely again and be ready to work
for an adult or larger child passenger.
Securing a Child Restraint in the Right
Front Seat
Your vehicle has a right-front passenger':
air bag. NEVER put a rear-facing child
restraint in this seat. Here's why:
lou'il be using the lap-shoulder belt. See
the earlier section about the top strap if
I the child restraint has one.
You'll need a safety locking clip to
properly secure a child restraint in this
position. You can get a locking clip where
child restraints are sold, or from your
Chevrolet dealer (GM Part No.
94844571). The locking clip must be the
same as the one shown here.
39. .
Seats and Restraint Systems
Until you have this clip, secure a child
restraint only in the rear seat. See the
earlier section about securing a child
restraint in the rear seat. Once you have
the clip, follow these instructions:
1. Because the vehicle has a right-front
passenger's air bag, always move the
seat as far back as it will go before
securing a front-facing child restraint.
2. Put the restraint on the seat. Follow
the instructions for the child restraint.
5. Buckle the belt.
3. Secure the child in the child restraint
as the instructions say.
Make sure the release button is
positioned
so you would be able to
4. Pick up the latch plate,and run the lap
unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you
and shoulder portions of the vehicle's
ever
had to.
safety belt throughor around the
restraint. The child restraint
6. Then thread both lap and shoulder belt
instructions will show you how.
portions through the locking clip.
If the shoulder belt goes in front of the
child's face or neck, put it behind the
child restraint.
... 40
..
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
..., ...
.
.._
,,
Lap Belt Portion
Latch Plate
Buckle
Shoulder Belt Portion
Locking Clip
~
A CAUTION:
A CAUTION:
If a locking clip is not used or is not
installed properly, the child restraint
may move or tip overwhen your
vehicle turns or stops quickly. The
child or others couldbe injured.
When you secure a childrestraint
with a lap-shoulder belt, always
thread both the lap and shoulder belt
portions through a locking clip.
When not used wiih a childrestraint
seat, a safety belt with a child
restraint locking clip still attached
can cause serious injury in a crash.
Always remove the clipwhen you
are not using it with a child restraint.
Push and pull the child restraint in
different directions to be sure it is
secure.
3 remove the child restraint. just
lbuckle the vehicle's safety belt and
:move the locking clip. Let the safety
:It go back all the way.
The safety belt will move freely again anc
be ready to work for an adult or larger
child passenger.
41
.
Seats and RestraintSystems
Larger Children
Children who have outgrown child
restraints should wear the vehicle's safety
belts.
Accident statistics show that children are
safer if they are restrained in the rearseat.
But they need to use the safety belts
properly.
0 Children who aren't buckled up can
be thrown out in a crash.
... 42
Children who aren't buckled up can
strike other people who are.
Q. What if a child is wearing a
lap-shoulder belt, but the child is so
small that theshoulder belt is very
close to the child’s face or neck?
A: Move the child toward the center of
the vehicle, but be sure that the
shoulder belt still is on the child’s
shoulder, so that in a crash the child’s
upper body would have the restraint
that belts provide.
This applies belt force to the child’s
pelvic bones in a crash.
A
A CAUTION:
Never do this. Here a child is sitting
in a seat that has a lap-shoulder belt,
but the shoulder part is behind the
child. If the child wears the belt in
this way, in a crash the child might
slide under the belt. The belt’s force
would then be applied right on the
child’s abdomen. That could cause
serious or fatal injuries.
Wherever the child sits, the lap portion of
the belt should be worn low and snug on
the hips, just touching the child’s thighs.
Safety Belt Extender
If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
But if a safety belt isn’t long enough to
fasten, your dealer will order you an
extender. It’s free. When you go in to
order it, take the heaviest coat you will
wear, so the extender will be long enough
for you. The extender will be just for you,
and just for the seat in your vehicle that
you choose. Don’t let someone else use it,
and use it only for the seat it is made to
fit. To wear it, just attach it to the regular
safety belt.
Checking Your
Restraint Systems
Now and then, make sure all your belts,
buckles, latch plates, retractors,
anchorages and reminder systems are
working properly. Look for any loose
parts or damage. If you see anything that
might keep a restraint system from doing
its job, have it repaired.
43
...
Seats and Restraint Systems
Replacing Safety Belts
after a Crash
If you’ve had a crash, doyou need new
belts?
After a very minor collision, nothing
may be necessary. But if the belts were
stretched, as they would be if worn during
a more severe crash, then you need new
belts.
If belts are cut or damaged,replace them.
Collision damage also may mean you
will need to have safety belt or seat parts
repaired or replaced. New parts and
repairs may be necessary even if the belt
wasn’t being used at the time of the
collision.
... 44
2: What’s wrong with this?
\: The belt is torn.
rorn or frayed belts may not protect you
n a crash.They can rip apart under
mpact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed,
,ret a new one right away.
. ... . .. . ...
Keys ............................................................
DoorLocks .......................................................
Theft and Theft Deterrents ...........................................
New Vehicle “Break-In” ............................................
Ignitionswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
StartingYourEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManualTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limited-Slip Rear Axle .............................................
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EngineExhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TiltWheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Turn Signameadlight Beam Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OperationofLights ................................................
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Twin Lift-off Roof Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage and Compartments ..........................................
Sunvisors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ashtray and Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument Panel and Cluster .........................................
ConvertibleTop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
H e r e you can learn about the
nany standard and optional
eatures on your Chevrolet. and
nformation on starting. shifting
md braking. Also explained are
he instrument panel and the
varning systems that tell youif
tverything is working properly
- and what to do if you have a
)roblem.
Part 2
Features & Contro S
46
47
53
55
55
57
60
62
66
66
70
71
72
72
73
79
82
83
86
89
89
93
102
45
...
Features and Controls
I
I
01
I
The ignition keys are for the ignition only.
Keys
many reasons. A child or others
codd be badly injured or even killed.
They could operate power windows
or other controls or even make the
vehicle move. Don't leave the keys in
a vehicle
with young children.
... 46
I
I
The door keys are for the doors and all
other locks.
If you need a new ignition key, go to you1
Chevrolet dealer, who can obtain the
correct key code. In an emergency, call
Chevrolet Roadside Assistance at
1-800-CHEV-USA.
Door Locks
NOTICE:
When a new Camaro is delivered, the
dealer removes the plugs from the door
keys and gives them to the first owner.
The ignition keys don’t have plugs.
Instead, they have bar-coded key tags.
These tags may be removed by your
dealer or even before the car is delivered to
your dealer.
Each plug has a code on it that tells your
dealer or a qualified locksmith how to
make extra door keys. Keep the plugs in a
safe place. If you lose your door keys,
you’ll be able to have new ones made
using these plugs.
Your Chevrolet has a number of new
features that can help prevent theft.
But you can have a lot of trouble getting into your vehicle if you ever lock
your keys inside. You may even have
to damage your vehicle to get in. So
be sure you have extra keys.
47.
.
Features and Controls
’here are several ways to lock and unlock From the inside: To lock the door, move
Power Door Locks (Option)
‘ourvehicle:
the lock control on the door back.
?om the outside: Use your door key.
To unlock the door, move the lock control ’ush the power door lock switch to lock
)r unlock both doors at once.
on the door forward.
The switch only works when the ignition
;witch is in “Run” or “Acc”, or when
IAP is present. (See “Retained
iccessory Power” in the Index.)
Leaving Your Vehicle
.f you are leaving the vehicle, take yutii
ceys, open your door andset the locks
rom inside. Then get out and close the
joor.
..48
I
9
Should interference to this system occur,
try this:
0 Check to determine if battery
replacement is necessary. See the
instructions on battery replacement.
0 Check the distance. You may be too
far from your vehicle. This product
has a maximum range.
0 Check the location. Other vehicles or
objects may be blocking the signal.
See your Chevrolet dealer or a
qualified technician for service.
Remote Lock Control (Option)
If your Chevrolet has this option, you can Changes or modifications to this system
lock and unlock your doors or unlock
by other than an authorized service
your hatch from about 30 feet (9 m) using facility could void authorization to use
this equipment.
the key chain transmitter supplied with
your vehicle.
Your Remote Lock Control operates on a Operation
The driver’s door will unlock
radio frequency subject to Federal
automatically when “UNLOCK’ is
Communications Commission (FCC)
pressed. If “UNLOCK” is pressed again
Rules.
within five seconds, the passenger door
This device complies with Part 15 of the
will
also unlock. All doors will lock when
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device “DOOR” is pressed. The hatch will
unlock when the opened trunk symbol is
may not cause harmful interference, and
pressed, but only when the ignition switch
(2) This device must accept any
is not in “Run”, and the transmission is in
interference received, including
“
P ’ (Park) if you have an automatic
interference that may cause undesired
transmission. If you have a manual
operation.
transmission, the parking brake must be
set.
The system will turn on the interior lights
for about 40 seconds, or until the ignition
switch is turned to “Run”, when you
unlock the doors or hatch. The interior
lights will come on for about two seconds
when you lock the doors.
Matching Transmitter(s)to Your
Vehicle
Each key chain transmitter is coded to
prevent another transmitter from
unlocking your vehicle. If a transmitter is
lost or stolen, a replacement can be
purchased through your dealer.
Remember to bring any remaining
transmitters with you when you go to
your dealer. When the dealer matches the
replacement transmitter to your vehicle,
the remaining transmitters must also be
matched. Once the new transmitter is
coded, the lost transmitter will not unlock
your vehicle.
49.
.
Features and Controls
You can match a transmitter to as many
different vehicles as you own, provided
they are equipped with exactly the same
model system. (General Motors offers
several different models of these systems
on their vehicles.) Each vehicle can have
only two transmitters matched to it.
To match transmitters to your vehicle:
1. Find the Data Link Connector (DLC).
It is in the bottom of the instrument
panel near the steering column.
2. Insert one end of a fused jumper into
terminal “G.” Terminal “G” is the top
terminal on the far right.
3. Insert the other end of the fused
jumper into terminal “A.”Terminal
“A” is the bottom terminal on the far
left.
You have grounded the program input
line. You should hear the door locks lock
and unlock within one to three seconds.
When matching transmitters, the first
transmitter code matched will be stored in
both memories until a second transmitter
is matched. This means that the second
transmitter will not work until it is
matched in step 5.
4. Press any button on the first
transmitter. The door locks should
lock and unlock.
5. Press any button on the second
transmitter. The door locks should
lock and unlock.
6. Remove the fused jumper from the
DLC. The system will not work unless
the jumper is removed.
7. Check that all the buttons on both
transmitters work correctly.
[f the transmitters don’t work, or if you’d
rather not match the transmitters yourself,
see your Chevrolet dealer.
Battery Replacement
Under normal use, the batteries in your
key chain transmitter should last about
:wo years.
You can tell the batteries are weak if the
:ransmitter won’t work at the normal
-ange in any location. If you have to get
:lose to your vehicle before the
:ransmitter works, it’s probably time to
:hange the batteries.
To replace batteries in the Remote Lock
Control:
1. Pop the cover off by inserting a dime
(or similar object) in the slot between
the covers and twisting.
2. Lift off the front cover, bottom half
first.
3. Remove and replace the batteries. Use
Hatch Release
two Duracell@batteries, type
DL2016, or a similar type. Put new
Your door key opens the hatch.
batteries in printed side down.
4. Replace the front cover. Make sure the
cover is on tightly so water won't get
in.
51
.
I
Features and Controls
NOTICE:
I‘ \
Remote Hatch Release (Option)
Press the switch inyour glove box to
unlock the hatch from inside your vehicle.
If you have an automatic transmission,
your shift lever must be in “ P ’ (Park) or
“N” (Neutral) to use the switch. If you
have a manual transmission and the
ignition switch is in “Run”, you must set
the parking brake before youcan use the
switch.
The switch only works when the ignition
switch is in “Run” or “Acc”, or when
RAP is present. (See “Retained
Accessory Power” in the Index.)
...52
If you put things in the hatchback
area, be sure they won’t break the
glass when you close it. Never slam
the hatch down. You could break the
glass or damage the defogger grid (if
equipped),
Parking Lots: If you park in a lot where
Someone will be watching your vehicle,
Vehicle theft is big business, especially in it’s best to lock it up and take your keys.
some cities. Although your Chevrolet has But what if you have to leave your
a number oftheft-deterrent features,we
ignition key? What if you have to leave
know that nothing we put on it can make
something valuable in your vehicle?
it impossible to steal. However, there are
0 Put your valuables in a storage area,
ways you can help.
like your glove box.
Key in the ignition: If you walk away
0 Lock the glove box.
from your vehicle with the keys inside,
0 Lock all the doors except the driver’s.
it’s an easy target for joyriders or
professional thieves - so don’t do it.
Then take the door key with you.
When you park your Chevrolet and open
the driver’s door, you’ll hear a tone
reminding you to remove your key from
the ignition and takeit with you. Always
do this. Your steering wheel will be
locked, and so will your ignition. If you
have an automatic transmission, taking
your key out also locksyour transmission.
And remember to lock the doors.
Parking at Night: Park in a lighted spot,
close allwindows and lockyour vehicle.
Remember to keep your valuables out of
sight. Put them in a storage area, or take
them with you.
Theft
PASS-Key@ZZ
Your vehicle is equipped with the
PASS-Key@II(Personalized Automotive
Security System) theft-deterrent system.
PASS-Key@IIis a passive theft-deterrent
system. This means you don’t have to do
anything different to arm or disarm the
system. It works when you insert or
remove the key from theignition.
PASS-Key@IIuses a resistor pellet in
the ignition key that matches a decoder
in your vehicle.
53.
Features and Controls
When the PASS-KeyW system senses
that someone is using the wrong key, it
shuts down the vehicle’s starter and fuel
systems. For about three minutes, the
starter won’t work and fuel won’t go to
the engine. If someone tries to start your
vehicle again or uses another key during
this time, the vehicle will not start. This
discourages someone from randomly
trying different keys with different
resistor pellets in an attempt to make a
match.
...54
does start, the first ignition key may be
faulty. See your Chevrolet dealer or a
locksmith who can service the
PASS-KeyaII.
If you accidentally use a key that has a
damaged or missing resistor pellet, the
starter won’t work and the security light
will flash. But you don’t have to wait
three minutes before trying another
ignition key.
See your Chevrolet dealer or alocksmith
who can service the PASS-Key@II to have
The ignition key must be clean and dry
a new key made.
before it’s inserted in the ignition or the
engine may not start. If the engine does
If you’re ever driving and the
not start and the “SECURITY” light stays “SECURITY” light comes on and stays
on when you try to start the vehicle, the
on, you will be able to restart your engine
key may be dirty or wet. Turn the
if you turn it off. Your PASS-Key@II
ignition off.
system, however, is not working properly
and
must be servicedby your Chevrolet
Clean and dry the key. Wait about three
dealer. Your vehicle is not protected by
minutes and try again. The security light
the PASS-KeyW system.
will remain on during this time. If the
starter still won’t work, and the key
If you lose or damage a PASS-Key@II
appears to be clean and dry, wait about
ignition key, see your Chevrolet
three minutes and try another ignition key. dealer or a locksmith who can service
At this time, you may also want to check PASS-Key@IIto have a new key made.
the fuses (see “Fuses and Circuit
In an emergency, call the Chevrolet
Breakers” in the Index). If the starter
Roadside Assistance Program on
1 -800-CHEV-USA ( 1 -800-243-8872).
won’t work with the other key, your
vehicle needs service. If your vehicle
SECURITY
~
New Vehicle
“Break-In”
NOTICE:
Your modern Chevrolet doesn’t need
an elaborate “break-in.” But it will
perform better in the long run if you
follow these guidelines:
Keep your speed at 55 mph (88
km/h) or less for the first 500
miles (804 km).
Don’t drive at any one speed fast or slow - for the first 500
miles (804 km). Don’t make
full-throttle starts.
Avoid making hard stops for the
first 200 miles (322 km) or so.
During this time your new brake
linings aren’t yet broken in. Hard
stops with new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
“breaking-in” guideline every
time you get new brake linings.
Off (C): Unlocks the steering wheel,
ignition and automatic transmission, but
does not send electrical power to any
accessories. Use this position if your
vehicle must be pushed or towed. A
warning tone will sound if you open the
driver’s door when the ignition is in “Off’
and the key is in the ignition.
Run (D): Position to which the switch
returns after you start your engine and
release the switch. The switch stays in the
“Run” position when the engine is
running. But even when the engine is not
I Ignition Switch
running, you can use “Run” to operate
Vith the ignition key in the ignition
your electrical power accessories and to
witch, you can turn the switch to five
display some instrument panel warning
lositions:
and indicator lights.
KC (A): Position in which you can
lperate your electrical power accessories. Start (E): Starts the engine. When the
engine starts, release the key. The ignition
’ress in the ignition switch as you turn
switch will return to “Run” for normal
?e top of it toward you.
driving.
,OCK (B): The only position in which
Note that even if the engine is not
ou can remove the key. This locks your
running, “ACC” and “Run’’allow you to
teering wheel, ignition and automatic
operate your electrical accessories, such
7ansmission.
as the radio and ventilation fan.
f you have an automatic transmission, the
znition switch can’t be turned to
LOCK” unless the shift lever is in the
“P” (Park) position.
D
55.
.
Features and Controls
Key Release Button: If you have a
manual transmission, your ignition lock
has a key release button. You must press
the button before you can take your key
out of the ignition lock.
NOTICE:
If your key seems stuck in “Lock”
and you can’t turn it, be sure it is all
the way in. If it is, then turn the steering wheel left and right while you
turn the key hard. But turn the key
only with your hand. Using a tool to
force it could break the key or the
ignition switch. If none of this works,
then your vehicle needs service.
... 56
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
If you have power door locks, your
vehicle has a feature called Retained
Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP your
power door locks, electric mirrors, power
windows, audio system and remote hatch
release will continue to work up to 10
minutes after the ignition key is turnedto
“Off’ and neither door is opened.
If a door is opened, the audio system and
power windows will shut off. The power
door locks, electric mirrors and remote
hatch release will work until you shut the
door. Once you have shut the door, these
accessories will continue to work for
approximately 35 seconds. After this
time you will not be able to use these
accessories until the next time you open
a door or turn on the ignition.
Starting Your Engine
Autamatic Transmission: Move your
shift lever to “P” (Park) or “N’(Neutral).
Your engine won’t start in any other
position - that’s a safety feature. To
restart when you’re already moving,
use “N’(Neutral) only.
NOTICE:
Don’t try to shift to “ P ’ (Park) if your
Chevrolet is moving. If you do, you
could damage the transmission. Shift
to “P” (Park) only when your vehicle
is stopped.
Manual Transmission: The gear selector
should be in neutral. Hold the clutch
pedal to the floor and start the engine.
Your vehicle won’t start if the clutch
pedal is not all the way down -that’s a
safety feature.
To start your V6 engine:
1. Without pushing the accelerator pedal
turn your ignition key to “Start.”
When the engine starts, let go of the
key. The idle speed will go down as
your engine gets warm.
NOTICE:
NOTICE:
Holding your key in “Start” for
longer than 15 seconds at a time will
cause your battery to be drained
much sooner. And the excessive heat
can damage your starter motor.
Your engine is designed to work with
the electronics in your vehicle. If you
add electrical parts or accessories,
you could change the way the fuel
injection system operates. Before
adding electrical equipment, check
with your dealer. If you don’t, your
engine might not perform properly.
2. If your engine won’t start (or starts
but then stops), it could be flooded
with too much gasoline. Try pushing
your accelerator pedal all the wayto
the floor and holding it there as you
hold the key in “Start” for about
three seconds. If the vehicle starts
briefly but then stops again, do the
same thing, but this time keep the
pedal down for five or six seconds.
This clears the extra gasoline from
the engine.
If you ever have to have your
vehicle towed, see the part of this
manual that tells howto do it without
damaging your vehicle. See “Towing
Your Vehicle” in the Index.
57.
Features and Controls
To start your V8 engine:
1. Without pushing the accelerator
pedal, turn the ignition key to “Start.”
When the engine starts, let go of the
key. The idle speed will go down as
your engine gets warm.
NOTICE:
Holding your key in “Start” for
longer than 15 seconds at a time will
cause your battery to be drained
much sooner. And the excessive heat
can damage your starter motor.
2. If it doesn’t start within 10 seconds,
push the accelerator pedal all the
way to the floor, while you hold the
ignition key in “Start.” When the
engine starts, let go of the key and let
up on the accelerator pedal. Wait
about 15 seconds between each try to
help avoid draining your battery.
When starting your engine in very cold
weather (below 0°F or -18”C), do this:
1. With your foot off the accelerator
pedal, turn the ignition key to “Start”
and hold it there. When the engine
starts, let go of the key. Use the
accelerator pedal to maintain engine
speed, if you have to, until your
engine has run for a while.
2. If your engine still won’t start (or
starts but then stops), it could be
flooded with too much gasoline. Try
pushing your accelerator pedal all the
way to the floor and holding it there
as you hold the key in “Start” for
about three seconds. If the vehicle
starts briefly but then stops again, do
the same thing, but this time keep the
pedal down for five or six seconds.
This clears the extra gasoline from
the engine.
NOTICE:
Your engine is designed to work with
the electronics in your vehicle. If you
add electrical parts or accessories,
you could change the way the fuel
injection system operates. Before
adding electrical equipment, check
with your dealer. If you don’t, your
engine might not perform properly.
If you ever have to have your vehicle
towed, see the part of this manual
that tells how to do it without damaging your vehicle. See “Towing Your
Vehicle” in the Index.
Driving through Deep
Standing Water
NOTICE:
If you drive too quickly through deep
puddles or standing water, water can
come in through your engine’s air
intake and badly damage your
engine. If you can’t avoid deep
puddles or standing water, drive
through them very slowly.
... 58
How long should you keep the coolant
heater plugged in? The answer depends
on the weather, the kind of oil you have,
and some other things. Instead of trying to
list everything here, we ask that you
contact a Chevrolet dealer in the area
where you'll be parking your vehicle. The
dealer can give you the best advice for
that particular area.
Engine Coolant Heater
(Engine Block Heater)
(OPTION)
In very cold weather, 0°F (- 1 8 "Cj or
colder, the engine coolant heater can help.
You'll get easier startingand better fuel
economy during enginewarm-up.
Usually, the coolant heater should be
plugged in a minimum of four hours prior
to starting your vehicle.
To use the coolant heater:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood and unwrap the
electrical cord.
3. Plug it into a normal, grounded
110-volt outlet.
NOTICE:
After you've used the coolant heater,
be sure to store the cord as it was
before, to keep it away from moving
engine parts. If you don't, it could be
damaged.
59.
.
Features and Controls
Automatic
Transmission
rhere are several different positions for
Tour shift lever.
B P (Park)
rhis locks your rear wheels. It’s the best
losition to use when youstart your
:ngine because your vehiclecan’t move
:asily.
...60
Ensure the shift lever is fully in “P’
:Park) range before starting the engine.
Your Chevrolet has a brake-transmission
shift interlock. You have to fully apuly
your regular brakes before you can shift
From “ P ’ (Park) when the ignition key is
In the “Run” position. If you cannot shift
]ut of “ P ’ (Park), ease pressure on the
shift lever - push the shift lever all the
way into “ P ’ (Park) and also release the
shift lever button on floor shift console
models as you maintain brake application.
I‘hen move the shift lever into the gear
you wish. (Press the shift lever button
before moving the shift lever on floor
shift console models.) See “Shifting out
Df “ P ’ (Park)” in this part.
i
0
R (Reverse)
$ethis gear to back up.
@J AutomaticOverdrive
This position is for normal driving. If you
need more power for passing, and you’re:
NOTICE:
- Going less than about 35 mph
(56 km/h), push your accelerator
pedal about halfway down.
Shifting to “R’ (Reverse) while your
vehicle is moving forward could
damage your transmission. Shift to
“ R ’ only after your vehicle is
stopped.
To rock your vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice or sand without
damaging your transmission, see “Stuck:
In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow, If You’re’’
in the Index.
N (Neutral)
In this position, your engine doesn’t
connect with the wheels. To restart when
you’re already moving, use “N” (Neutral)
only. Also, use “N” when your vehicle is
being towed.
- Going about 35 mph (56 km/h)
or
more, push the accelerator all the way
down.
NOTICE:
Damage toyour transmission caused
by shifting out of “ P ’ (Park) or “ N ’
(Neutral) with the engine racing isn’t
covered by your warranty.
You’ll shift down tothe next gear and
have more power.
D (ThirdGear)
This is like @ , but you never go into
Overdrive.
Here are some times you might choose
“D’ instead of @J :
When driving on hilly, winding roads
When towing a trailer, so there is less
shifting between gears
When going down a steep hill
61
...
Features and Controls
2 (Second Gear)
This position gives you more power but
lower fuel economy. You can use “2” on
hills. It can help control your speed as
you go down steep mountain roads, but
then you would also want to use your
brakes off and on.
NOTICE:
Don’t drive in “2” (Second Gear)
for more than 5 miles (8 km), or at
speeds over 55 mph (88 km/h), or
you can damage your transmission.
or “I
D ’ as much as possible.
Use @
Don’t shift into “2” unless you
are going slower than 65 mph
( 105 km/h), oryou can damage
your engine.
1 (FirstGear)
This position gives you even more power
(but lower fuel economy) than “2.” You
can use it on very steep hills, or in deep
snow or mud. If the selector lever is put i~
“1,” the transmission won’t shift into firsf
gear until the vehicle is going slowly
enough.
0
... 62
NOTICE:
If your rear wheels can’t rotate, don’t
try to drive. This might happen if you
were stuck in very deep sand or mud
or were up against a solid object. You
could damage your transmission.
Also, if you stop when going uphill,
don’t hold your vehicle there with
only the accelerator pedal. This
could overheat and damage the
transmission. Use your brakes or
shift into “P” (Park) to hold your
vehicle in position on a hill.
Maximum engine speed is limited to
protect driveline components from
improper operation.
1
3
5
2
4
R
I Manual
Transmission
%e-Speed
:his is your shift pattern. Here’s how to
tperate your transmission:
1 (First Gear)- Press the clutch
pedal and shift into “I.” Then, slowly
let up on the clutch pedal as you
press the accelerator pedal.
You can shift into “1” when you’re
going less than 20 mph (32 k d h ) . If
you’ve come to a complete stop and
it’s hard to shift into “1,” put the shift
lever in “Neutral” and let up on the
clutch. Press the clutch pedal back
down. Then shift into “1.”
0
0
0
0
0
2 (Second Gear) - Press the clutch
pedal as you let up on the accelerator
pedal and shift into “2.” Then, slowly
let up on the clutch pedal as you
press the accelerator pedal.
3,4 and 5 (Third, Fourth and Fifth
Gears) - Shift into “3,” “4” and “5”
the same way you do for “2.” Slowly
let up on the clutch pedal as you press
the accelerator pedal.
To Stop - Let up on the accelerator
pedal and press the brake pedal. Just
before the vehicle stops, press the
clutch pedal and the brake pedal, and
shift to “Neutral.”
Neutral - Use this position when
you start or idle your engine.
R (Reverse) -To back up, press
down the clutch pedal and shift into
“R.” Let up on the clutch pedal slowly
while pressing the accelerator pedal.
NOTICE:
Shift to “R” (Reverse) only after your
vehicle is stopped. Shifting to
“R” (Reverse) while your vehicle is
moving could damage your transmission.
Also, use Reverse, along with the parking
brake, for parking your vehicle.
1
3
5
2
4
6
R
Six-Speed
This is your shift pattern. Here’s how to
operate your transmission:
0 1 (First Gear) - Press the clutch
pedal and shift into “1.” Then, slowly
let up on the clutch pedal as you
press the accelerator pedal.
You can shift into “1” when you’re
going less than 20 mph (30 km/h). If
you’ve come to a complete stop and
it’s hard to shift into “1 ,” put the shift
lever in “Neutral” and let up on the
clutch. Press the clutch pedal back
down. Then shift into 1 .”
“
63 ...
Features and Controls
a 2 (Second Gear)- Press the clutch
pedal as you let up on the accelerator
pedal and shift into “2.”Then, slowly
let up on the clutch pedal as you
press the accelerator pedal.
a 3,4,5 and 6 (Third, Fourth, Fifth
and Sixth Gears)- Shift into “3,”
“4,” “5” and “6” the same way you do
for “2.” Slowly let up on theclutch
pedal as you press the accelerator
pedal.
0 To Stop - Let up on the accelerator
pedal and press the brake pedal. Just
before the vehicle stops, press the
clutch pedal and the brake pedal, and
shift to “Neutral.”
0 Neutral - Use this position when
you start or idle your engine.
0 R (Reverse) -To back up, press
down the clutch pedal and shift into
“R.” Let up on the clutch pedal slowly
while pressing the accelerator pedal.
If you shift from “6” into “R,” the
shift lever must be first placed in the
“Neutral” position centered between
“2” and “3” prior to shifting into “R.”
... 64
Your six-speed manual transmission has a
feature that allows you to safely shift into
“R’ (Reverse) while the vehicle is rolling
(at less than 5 mph). You will be
“locked-out” if you try to shift into “R’
(Reverse) while your vehicle is moving
faster than 5 mph.
If you have turned your ignitionoff and
wish to park your vehicle in Reverse, you
will have to move the shift lever quickly
to the right, “crashing” through the high
load spring and then into gear.
SKIP SHIFT
Skip Shift Light (5.7LLT1 Engine)
When this light comes on, you can only
shift from “1” (First) to “4” (Fourth) gear
instead of “1” (First) to “2” (Second)
gear. This helps you to get the best
possible fuel economy.
This light will come on under these
conditions:
0 The engine coolant temperature is
greater than 170°F (77”C),
0 You are going 15-20 mph
(24-32 km/h), and
0 You are at 35% throttle or less.
When this light is on, the gear shift lever
will let you shift from “1” (First) gear to
“4”(Fourth) gears only. Once you are in
“4” (Fourth) gear, you can press the
clutch again and shift into another gear.
Follow the shift speeds in this chart when
the “SKIP SHIFT” light is on.
Computer Aided Manual Transmission
Shift Speeds:
1st to 4th . . . 15 mph (24 km/h)
4th to 5th . . 25 mph (40 km/h)*
5th to 6th . . 40 mph (64 km/h)**
Each time you come to a stop, the
engine’s Electronic Control Module
(ECM) determines when to activate the
“SKIP SHIFT” upshift system. Use “2”
(Second) gear only when you accelerate
very quickly from a stop. You can then
follow the full gear shift pattern.
“30 mph (48 km/h) when accelerating to
highway speeds.
““45 mph (72 km/h) when accelerating
to highway speeds.
shift speeds (MANUAL TRANSMISSION)
This chart shows when to shift to the next higher gear for best fuel economy.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION RECOMMENDED
SHIFT SPEEDS, IN MPH (km/h)
Engine
5.7L LT1
(Code P)
Acceleration Shift Speed
1
2 to
15
(24)
I
2to3
25
(40)
I
3to4
40
(64)
I
4t05
45
(72)
I
5to6
50
(80)
If your speed drops below 20 mph (30 km/h), or if the engine is not running smoothly,
you should downshift to the next lower gear. You may have to downshift two or more
gears to keep the engine running smoothly or for good performance.
65
...
Features and Controls
Limited-Slip Rear Axle
[f you have this feature, your rear axle
:an give you additional traction on snow,
mud, ice, sand or gravel. It works like a
standard axle most of the time, but when
me of the rear wheels has no traction and
:he other does, thelimited-slip feature
will allow the wheel with tractionto
move the vehicle.
I NOTICE:
If you skip more than one gear when
you downshift, or if you race the
engine when you downshift, you can
damage the clutch or transmission.
... 66
I
Parking
Parking Brake
The parking brake uses the brakeson the
rear wheels
To set the parking brake:Hold the brake
pedal down and pull up on the parking
brake lever. If the ignition is on, the brake
system warning light willcome on.
NOTICE:
Shifting intoP (Park)
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION)
Driving with the parking brake on
can cause your rear brakes to overheat. You may have to replace them,
and you could also damage other
parts of your vehicle.
~
~
~~~
ib release the parking brake:Hold the
rake pedal down. Pull the parking brake
zver up until you can push in the release
wtton. Hold the release button in as you
nove the brake lever all the way down.
If you are towing a trailer and are
parking on any hill: See “Towing a
Trailer” in the Index. That section shows
what to do first to keep the trailer from
moving.
67.
.
Features and Controls
Leaving Your Vehicle with the
Engine Running
can, it means that the shift lever wasn’t
fully locked into “P’ (Park).
(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION)
Torque f Ock (AUTOMATIC
1. Hold the brake pedal down with your
right foot and set the parking brake.
2. Move the shift lever into “ P ’ (Park)
position like this:
Hold in the button on the lever,
and push the lever all the way
toward the front of your vehicle.
3. Move the ignition key to “LOCK.”
4. Remove the key and take it with you.
If you can walk away from your
vehicle with the ignition key in your
hand, your vehicle is in“P” (Park).
... 68
If you have to leave your vehicle with the
engine running, be sure your vehicle is in
“ P ’ (Park) and your parking brake is
firmly set before you leave it. After
you’ve moved the shift lever into the “ P ’
(Park) position, hold the regular brake
pedal down. Then, see if you can move
the shift lever away from “P” (Park)
without first pushing the button.If you
TRANS#lSSlON)
If you are parking on a hill and you don’t
shift your transmission into “P” (Park)
properly, the weight of the vehicle may
put too much force on the parking pawl in
the transmission. You may find it difficult
to pull the shift lever out of “P” (Park).
This is called “torque lock.” To prevent
torque lock, set the parking brake and
then shift into “P” (Park) properly before
you leave the driver’s seat. To find out
how, see “Shifting Into “P” (Park)” in
the Index.
When you are ready to drive, move the
shift lever out of “P” (Park) BEFORE
you release the parking brake.
If “torque lock” does occur, you may
need to have another vehicle push yours
a little uphill to take some of the pressure
From the transmission, so you can pull the
shift lever out of “P” (Park).
the shift lever button and move the shift
lever into the gear you wish.
[AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION)
If you ever hold the brake pedal down but
Your Chevrolet has a brake-transmission still can’t shift out of “P” (Park), try this:
shift interlock. You have to fully apply
1. Turn the key to ‘bOff.”
your regular brake before you can shift
from “ P ’ (Park) when the ignition is in
2. Apply and hold the brake until the end
the “Run” position. See “Automatic
of Step 4.
Transmission” in the Index.
3. Shift to “N” (Neutral).
If you cannot shift out of “ P ’ (Park), ease 4. Start the vehicle and then shift to the
pressure on the shift lever - push the
drive gear you want.
shift lever all the way into “ P ’ (Park) and
5. Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you
release the shift lever button as you
can.
maintain brake application. Then press
Shifting outof P (Park)
Parking Your Vehicle
(MANUAL TRANSMISSION)
Before you get out of your vehicle, put
your manual transmission in “R”
(Reverse) and firmly apply the parking
brake.
If your vehicle is equipped to tow a trailer,
see “Towing a Trailer” in the Index.
69
...
Features and Controls
4
Engine Exhaust
/?\
CAUTION:
Engine exhaust can kill. It contains the gas carbon monoxide
(CO),which
you can’t see or smell.It can cause unconsciousness and death.
You might have exhaust coming in if:
0 Your exhaust system sounds strange or different.
0
0
Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or
over road debris.
Repairs weren’t done correctly.
Your vehicle or exhaust system had been modified improperly.
If you ever suspect exhaustis coming into your vehicle:
0 Drive it only with all the windows down to
blow out any CO; and
0 Have your vehicle fixed immediately.
0
Things that canburn could touch hot
exhaust parts under yaw vehicle and
ignite, Don’t park over papers, leaves,
dry grass of other things t
h
&can burn.
... 70
Your vehicle gets rusty underneath.
Your vehicle was damaged in a collision.
Running Your Engine While
You’re Parked(AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION)
It’s better not to park with the engine
running. But if you ever have to, here are
some things to know.
Follow the proper steps to be sure your
vehicle won’t move. See “Shifting Into
“ P ’ (Park)” in the Index.
If you are parking on a hill and if you’re
pulling a trailer, also see “Towing a
Trailer” in the Index.
?ower Windows (Option)
Nith power windows, switches on the
loor control each window when the
gnition is on or when RAP is present.
:See “Retained Accessory Power” in
he Index.)
Y‘ou can open the passenger window any
imount by pressing the switch and
-eleasing it when the window has
owered to the position you want.
Windows
Manual Windows
Use the window crank to open and close
each door window.
7 4
Features and Controls
The switch for the driver's window has an
Express Down feature. Quickly press and
release the switch for the driver'swindow
and the window will lower completely.
You can also open the driver's window
any amount by pressing the switch again
while the window is in the Express Down
mode when it has lowered to the position
you want.
Horn
To sound the horn, press either horn
symbol on your steering wheel.
I
.72
Tilt Wheel
1 tilt steering wheel allows you to adjust
he steering wheel before you drive.
u'ou can also raise it to the highest level to
:ive your legs more room when you exit
tnd enter thevehicle.
To tilt the wheel, hold the steering wheel
md pull the lever. Move the steering
wheel to a comfortable level, then release
he lever to lock the wheel in place.
rurn Signal and Lane Change
The Turn
Signal’Headlight Beam hdicator
:he turn signal has two upward (for
Lever
tight) and two downward (for Left)
The lever on the left side of the steering
column includes your:
Turn Signal and Lane Change
Indicator
0 Headlight HighLow Beam and
Passing Signal
0 WindshieldWipers
0 WindshieldWasher
0 Cruise Control (Option)
Iositions. These positions allow you to
ignal a turn or a lane change.
To signal a turn, move the lever all the
vay up or down. When the turn is
inished, the lever will return
utomatically.
green arrow on the instrument panel
d l flash in the direction of the turn or
me change.
’0signal a lane change, just raise or
3wer the lever until the green arrow starts
3 flash. Hold it there until you complete
our lane change. The lever will return by
self when you release it.
LS you signal a turn or a lane change, if
le arrows don’t flash butjust stay on, a
ignal bulb may be burned out and other
.rivers won’t see your turn signal.
f a bulb is burned out, replace it to help
void an accident. If the green arrows
lon’t go on at all when you signal a turn,
heck the fuse (see “Fuses” in the Index)
nd for burned-out bulbs.
L
/3...
Features and Controls
--
For steady wiping at low speed, turn the
band away from you to the “LO’ position.
For high speed wiping, turn the band
further, to “HI.” To stop the wipers, move
the band to “OFF.”
Heavy snow or ice can overload your
wipers. A circuit breaker will stop them
until the motor cools. Clear away snow or
ice to prevent an overload.
a
feadlight HighLow Beam
Windshield Wipers
’0 change the headlights from low beam
3 high or high to low, pull the turn signal
:ver all the way toward you. Then
:lease it. When the high beams are on,
lis blue light on the instrument panel
Is0 will be on.
You control the windshield wipers by
turning the band with the wiper symbol
on it.
For a single wiping cycle, turn the band tc
“MIST.” Hold it there until the wipers
start, then let go. The wipers will stop
after one cycle. If you want more cycles,
hold the band on “MIST” longer.
You can set the wiper speed for a long or
short delay between wipes. This can be
very useful in light rain or snow. Turn the
band to choose the delay time. The closer
to “LO,” the shorter the delay.
..74
NOTICE:
In freezing weather, don’t use your
washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid
can form ice on the windshield,
blocking your vision.
e When using concentrated washer
fluid, follow the manufacturer’s
instructions for adding water.
e Don’t mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid. Water
can cause the solution to freeze
and damage your washer fluid
tank and other parts of the washer
system. Also, water doesn’t clean
as well as washer fluid.
Windshield Washer
At the top of the turn signal lever there’s
a paddle with the word “PUSH” on it. To
spray washer fluid on the windshield, just
push the paddle. The washer will continue
to spray until you release the paddle. The
wipers will clear the window and wipe a
few more times before stopping or
returning to the previous setting.
0
Fill your washer fluid tank only
314 full when it’s very cold. This
allows for expansion, which could
damage the tank if it is completely
full.
e Don’t use radiator antifreeze in
your windshield washer. It can
damage your washer system and
paint.
75. .
Features and Controls
A CAUTION:
Cruise Control can be dangerous
where you can’t drive safely at a
steady speed. So, don’t use your
Cruise Control on winding roads
or in heavy traffic.
bise Control (OPTION)
Vith Cruise Control, you can maintain a
peed of about 25 mph (40 km/h) or
lore without keeping your foot on the
ccelerator. This can really help on long
ips. Cruise Control does not work at
peeds below about 25 mph (40 km/h).
Vhen you apply your brakes, or push
he clutch pedal, if you have a manual
ransmission, the Cruise Control shuts of
...76
Cruise Control can be dangerous
on slipperly roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause needless wheel spinning,
and you could lose control. Don’t
use Cruise Control on slippery
roads.
To Set Cruise Control
1. Move the Cruise Control switch to
“ON.”
A CAUTION:
If you leave your Cruise Control
switch on when you’re not using
Cruise, you might hit a button and
go into Cruisewhen you don’t want
to. You could be startled and even
lose control. Keep the Cruise Control
switch “OFF” until you want to
use it.
I
2. Get up to the speed you want.
3. Push in the set button at the end of the
lever and release it.
4. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
Po Resume a Set Speed
ro Increase Speed While Using Cruise
suppose you set your Cruise Control at
I desired speed and then you apply the
)rake. This, of course, shuts off the
Iruise Control. But you don’t need to
‘eset it. Once you’re going about 25 mph
40 km/h) or more, you can move the
3uise Control switch from “ON” to
‘WA” (Resume/Accelerate) for about half
1 second.
fou’II go right back up to your chosen
speed and stay there.
Zontrol
rhere are two ways to go to a higner
;peed. Here’s the first:
1. Use the accelerator pedal to get to the
higher speed.
2. Push the button at the end ofthe lever,
then release the button and the
accelerator pedal. You’ll now cruise at
the higher speed.
77...
Features and Controls
Passing Another Vehicle While Using
Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to increase your
speed. When you take your foot off the
pedal, your vehicle will slow down to the
Cruise Control speed you set earlier.
I
lere’s the second way to go to a higher
peed:
Move the Cruise switch from “ON” to
“R/A.” Hold it there until you get up
to the speed you want, and then
release the switch.
To increase your speed in very small
amounts, move the switch to “WA”
for less than half a second and then
release it. Each time you do this,
your vehicle will go about 1 mph
(1.6 km/h) faster.
..78
To Reduce Speed While Using Cruise
Control
There are two ways to reduce your speed
while using cruise control:
1. Push in the button at the end of the
lever until you reach the lower speed
you want, then release it.
2. To slow down in very small amounts,
push the button for less than half a
second. Each time you do this, you’ll
go 1 mph (1.6 km/h) slower.
Using Cruise Control onHills
How well your Cruise Control will work
on hills depends upon your speed, load,
and the steepness of the hills. When going
up steep hills, you may have to step on
the accelerator pedal to maintain your
speed. When going downhill, you may
have to brake or shift to a lower gear to
keep your speeddown. Of course,
applying the brake takes you out of
Cruise Control. Many drivers find this to
be too much trouble and don’t use Cruise
Control on steep hills.
Operation of Lights
To Get Out of Cruise Control
There are several ways to turn off the
Cruise Control:
1. Step lightly on the brake pedal or push
the clutch pedal, if you have a manual
transmission;
2. Move the Cruise switch to “OFF.”
To Erase Speed Memory
When you turn off the Cruise Control or
the ignition, your Cruise Control set speel
memory is erased.
ASR and Cruise Control
If your ASR system engages while your
Cruise Control is set, Cruise Control will
disengage. Your speed will be set in
memory, though. When Cruise Control
engages again, use “WAY’
(Resume/Accelerate) to go back to your
set speed.
4lthough your vehicle’s lighting system
:headlights, parking lights, fog lamps,
side marker lights and taillights) meets all
ipplicable federal lighting requirements,
Zertain states and provinces may apply
:heir ownlighting regulations that may
require special attention before you
>perate these lights.
For example, some jurisdictions may
require that you operate fog lamps only
when your lower beam headlights are also
m , or that headlights be turned on
whenever you must use your windshield
wipers. In addition, most jurisdictions
prohibit driving solely with parkmg
lights, especially at dawn or dusk. It is
recommended that you check with your
own state or provincial highway authority
for applicable lighting regulations.
/Y...
Features and Controls
vlain Light Control
’he main light control is a knob that
vorks these lights:
b Headlights
b Taillights
Parking lights
b License lights
1 Sidemarker lights
b Instrument panel lights
rurn the knob to
to turn on your
leadlights and ot&?operating lights.
rurn the knob to pg to turn on your
larking lights without your headlights.
rurn the knob to “OFF’ to turn off the
ights.
-w-
Brightness Control
This switch controls the brightness of
your instrument panel lights. Turn the
switch to brighten or dim the lights. If yo1
turn the switch all the way up to
your courtesy lights will come on.
0w,
Lights On Reminder
If you turn the ignition “Off” and leave
the lights on, you will heara chime when
you open the driver’s door.
Daytime Running Lights (Canada)
The Canadian Federal Government has
decided that “Daytime Running Lights”
(DRL) are a useful feature, in that DRL
can make your vehicle more visible to
pedestrians and other drivers during
daylight hours. DRL are required on new
vehicles sold in Canada.
Your DRL work with a light sensor on top
of the instrument panel. Don’t cover it up.
The front turn signal lights will come on
in daylight when:
The ignition is on
The headlight switch is off, and
The parking brake is released.
At dusk, the exterior lights will come on
automatically and the front turn signal
lights will go out. At dawn, the exterior
lights will go out and the front turn signal
lights will come on (if the headlight
switch is off).
Of course, you may still turn on the
headlights any time you need to.
To idle your vehicle with the DRL off, set
the parking brake while the ignition is in
the “Off” or “LOCK’ position. Then start
the vehicle. The DRL will stay off until
you release the parking brake.
\\
?og Lights (Option)
Jse your fog lights for better vision in
oggy or misty conditions. Your parking
ights must be on or your fog lights won7
work.
To turn the fog lights on, push the switch
. Push the bottom of the
tbove
;witch to turn the fog lights off. A light
In the switch will come on when the fog
ights are on.
Zog lights will go off whenever your higl
>earnscome on. When the high beams gc
Iff, the fog lights will come on again.
$0
I
Interior Lights
ourtesy Lights
Then any door is opened, several interior
ghts go on. These lights are courtesy
ghts. They make it easier for you to
Iter and leave your vehicle.
ourtesy lights include the dome light
Id other lights throughout the interior of
)ur vehicle.
kont Map Lights
Tour inside rearview mirror includes two
nap lights. Each light has its own switch.
Jse the switch closest to the light to turn
t on. The lights will also go on when a
loor is opened.
81
...
Features and Controls
Convex Outside Mirror
Your right side mirror is convex.
A convex mirror’s surface is curved so
you can see more from the driver’s seat.
L%, CAUTION:
If you aren’t used to a convex mi1Tor,
you can hit another vehicle. A cor1-
Mirrors
vex mirror can make things (like
other vehicles) look farther away
than they really are. If you cut toc1
sharply into the right lane, you could
hit a vehicle on your right. Check
your inside mirror or glance over
your shoulder before changing larles.
Inside Daymight Rearview Mirror
An inside rearview mirror is attached to
your windshield. The mirror has pivots so
that you can adjust it up and down or side
to side.
You can adjust the mirror for day or night
driving. Pull the tab for night driving to
Manual Remote Control Mirror
reduce glare. Push the tab for daytime
Adjust the driver side outside mirror with
driving.
the lever on the door. Adjust the mirrorso
that you can just see the side of your
Manual Adjust Mirror
vehicle when you are sitting in a
Adjust the passenger side outside mirror
comfortable driving position.
by hand so that you canjust see the side
of your vehicle when you are sitting in a
comfortable driving position.
... 82
1
1Electric Mirror Control (Option)
The electric mirror control is on the
(iriver’s door. To adjust either mirror, turn
t he switch to “LEFT” or “RIGHT.” Then
1lse the joystick to adjust the mirror.
1The control only works when the ignition
switch is in “Run” or “Acc,” or when
RAP is present. (See “Retained
Accessory Power” in the Index.)
Twin Lift-off Roof
Panels (OPTION)
If you have this option, you can remove
one orboth lift-off roof panels.
-~
The door key unlocks the panels. The
lock is above the door window. Turn the
key to the left to unlock the panel.
Then push up on the release handle to
unlatch the panel. Lift the outer edge of
the panel and pull it toward you.
A CAUTION:
If a T-top panel is not stored
properly, it could be thrown about
the vehicle in a crash or sudden
maneuver. People in the vehicle
could be injured. Wheneveryou store
a T-top panel in the vehicle, always
be sure that it is stored securely in
the correct storage slotwith the T-top
handle closed.
83
.
I
Features and Controls
Open the close-out panel completely.
Place the panel in the correct slot
(“DRIVER” or “PASSENGER’) in the
rear area of your vehicle. Make sure the
handle is open and facing you when you
put it in the storage slot.
’ush’thehandle closed to secure the pane
n the slot. To lock each panel in the
torage area, use your door key.
Reverse the steps above to install the
T-top panels.
When installing panels, be sure to align
weatherstrips properly. Panels incorrectly
installed may leak.
I NOTICE:
High pressure car washes may cause
water to enter your vehicle. Never
spray water directly at the roof panel
joints. This will cause leaks.
... 84
T-Top Sunshades
1. Start with the panel marked “DRIVER
FRONT.” Unlatch the driver-side
T-top, raise it halfway and close the
latch handle.
2. With the top raised and resting on the
center roof rail, slide the flat edge of
the sunshade panel (with the vinyl
side to the glass) between the glass
and plastic trim, making sure the
edge marked “DRIVER FRONT” is
pointing to the front of the vehicle.
5. Pull the sunshade back a little and
remove the backing paper from the
Check to see if there are any gaps
Velcro@buttons. Push the sunshade
showing. Unlatch the T-top and adjust
back into place sticking the Velcro@
the sunshade as required.
to the glass.
4. Once the sunshade is installed
6. Install the T-top, close the latch and
properly, you can stick the Velcro@
lock the T-top. Repeat the above steps
buttons on the glass for a proper fit
for the passenger-side sunshade.
every time you install the sunshades.
To do this, first remove the T-top with
the sunshade installed and place it
upside down on a table or bench.
Tdke care not to scratch the glass.
3. Open the latch and close the T-top.
85.
Features and Controls
.:*:;r
You can store the sunshades two different
Storage and
ways:
Compartments
1. When the T-tops are in use, store the
sunshades in their storage area in the
Glove Box
rear of the vehicle and makesure
the close-out panel is in its closed,
To open the glove box, lift up on the
upright position.
lever. Use your door key to lock and
2. When you have the T-tops off, and in unlock it. The glove box has a light
their storage slots, store the sunshades inside.
on the T-tops in their installed
position.
...86
Map Pocket
Each door has a map pocket.
Front Console
To use the storage area, pull up on the
front end of the console. Thereis a
cupholder and light and may be a
coinholder in the console.
Cassette and Compact Disc Storage
You have a storage area for cassette tapes
If you have a compact disc player, you
will have a storage area for compact discs
in your console.
87
...
Features and Controls
a
When carrying large or heavy items, it is
Close-Out Panel
a good idea to open the panel and place
The close-out panel can be closed for
the items in the rear area.
hidden storage in the rear area of your
vehicle.
To remove the close-out panel:
1. Close the panel. If the close-out panel
is not closed and resting on the trim
panel, it cannot be removed.
2. Pull the panel toward you to unsnap it.
Then slide the close-out panel along
the groove in the trim panel.
Reverse the steps to install the panel.
...%a
Sun Visors
To block out glare, you can swing down
the visors. You can also swing them to the
side. The elastic bands on your visor
provide extra strorage for maps or papers.
Covered Visor Vanity Mirror
Pull down the sun visor and lift the cover
to expose the vanity mirror.
If you plug accessories into your cigarette
lighter, such as heating devices or air
compressors, these accessories should
have a rated current of less than 15 amps.
Exceeding this limit will result in a blown
fuse.
rn Floor Mats
rn Ashtray and Lighter
I Front Ashtray
Lift up the cover to open the ashtray. To
remove it, lift up on the right side of
the ashtray. If you have an automatic
transmission, the ashtray is near the front
of your console. If you have a manual
transmission, the ashtray is near your
cupholder.
I
NOTICE:
Don’t put papers and other things that
burn into your ashtray. If you do, cigarettes or other smoking materials
could set them on fire, causing damage.
Jigarette Lighter
b use the lighter, push it in all the way
nd let go. When it’s ready, it will pop
ack by itself.
Your Chevrolet’s t’loor mats are
custom-fitted to the foot wells. Be sure
the driver’s floor mat is in place. If it
I isn’t, it could interfere with the
accelerator or brake pedals.
NOTICE:
Don’t hold a cigarette lighter in with
your hand while it is heating. If you
do, it won’t be able to back away
from the heating element when it’s
ready. That can make it overheat,
damaging the lighter and the heating
element.
89 ...
Features and Controls
...90
Instrument Panel
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Upper Air Vent
Main Light Control
Side Upper Air Vent
Instrument Cluster
Comfort Controls
Audio System
Side Window Defogger Vent
GloveBox
9. Remote Hatch Release
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Cassette Tape Storage
Shift Lever
Parking Brake Lever
Cupholder
Storage Console and Compact Disc
Storage (if equipped)
15. Acceleration Slip Regulation Switch
(if equipped)
16. Ashtray and Coinholder with Mat
(Automatic Transmission)
17. Cigarette Lighter
18. Horn
19. Rear Window Defogger Switch
20. Fog Lamp Switch (if equipped)
21. Convertible Top Switch (if equipped)
22. Ashtray (Manual Transmission)
91
...
Features and Controls
UNLEADED FUEL ONLY
\ I
U.S. shown, Canada similar
Instrument Panel and
Cluster
Your instrument cluster is designed to let
you know at a glance how your vehicle is
running. You'll know how fast you're
going, about how much fuel you have
left and many other things you'll need to
know to drive safely and economically.
... 92
Speedometer and Odometer
Your speedometer lets you see your
speed in both miles per hour (mph)
and kilometers per hour (kmh). Your
odometer shows how far your vehicle has
been driven, in either miles (used in the
U.S.) or kilometers (used in Canada).
Your Chevrolet's odometer is
tamper-resistant. If you can see silver
lines between the numbers, probably
someone has tried to turn it back. The
numbers may not be true.
You may wonder what happens if your
Chevrolet needs a new odometer
installed. If possible, the new one has to
be set to the same reading the old one
had. If it can't be, then it's set at zero, but
a label on the driver's doormust show the
old reading and when the new one was
installed.
Trip Odometer
The trip odometer can tell you how far
your vehicle has been driven since you
last set the trip odometer to.zero.
To set the trip odometer to zero, press the
hob.
Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine speed
in thousands of revolutions per minute
(rpm).
NOTICE:
Do not operate the engine with the
tachometer in the red area, or engine
damage may occur.
Warning Lights, Gages
and Indicators
This section describes the warning lights
and gages that may be on your vehicle.
The pictures will help you locate them.
Warning lights and gages can signal that
something is wrong before it becomes
serious enough to cause an expensive
repair or replacement. Paying attention to
your warning lights and gages could also
save you or others from injury.
Warning lights go on when there may be
or is a problem with one of your vehicle’s
functions. As you will see in the details
on the next few pages, some warning
lights come on briefly when you turn the
ignition keyjust to let you know they’re
working. If you are familiar with this
section, you should not be alarmed when
this happens.
Gages can indicate when there may be or
is a problem with one of your vehicle’s
functions. Often gages and warning lights
work together to let you know when
there’s a problem with your vehicle.
When one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on when you are driving, or
when one of the gages shows there may
be a problem, check the section that tells
you what to do about it. Please follow the
manual’s advice. Waiting to dorepairs
can be costly - and even dangerous. So
please get to know your warning lights
and gages. They’re a big help.
93 ...
Features and Controls
’
F
-E
Fuel Gage
Your fuel gage shows about how much
fuel is in your tank. The fuel gage works
only when the ignition switch is in the
“Run” position. When the gage pointer
first indicates “E,” you still have a little
fuel left (about one to two gallons), but
you need to get more right away.
Here are four concerns some owners
have had about the fuel gage. All these
situations are normal and do not indicate
that anything is wrong with the fuel gage.
... 94
At the gas station, the gaspump shuts
off before the gage reads “E”
It takes more (or less) gas to fill up
than the gage reads. For example, the
gage reads 1/2 full, but it took more
(or less) than half of the tank’s
capacity to fill it.
The gage moves a little when you
turn, stop or speed up.
When you turn the engine off, the
gage doesn’t go back to “E.”
BRAKE
I I
3
Brake System Warning Light
Your Chevrolet’s hydraulic brake system
is divided into two parts. If one part isn’t
working, the otherpart can still work and
stop you. For good braking, though, you
need both parts working well.
If the warning light comes on, there could
be a brake problem. Have your brake
system inspected right away.
This light should come on as you start the
vehicle. If it doesn’t come on then, have it
fixed so it will be ready to warn you if
there’s a problem.
If the light comes on while you are
driving, pull off the road and stop
carefully. You may notice that the pedal is
harder to push. Or, the pedal may go
closer tothe floor. It may take longer to
stop. If the light is still on, or if the
anti-lock brake system warning light is
flashing, have the vehicle towed for
service. (See “Anti-LockBrake System
Warning Light” and “Towing Your
Vehicle” in the Index.)
The brake system warning light will also
come on when you set your parking
brake, and it will stay on if your parking
brake doesn’t release fully. If it stays on
after your parking brake is fully released,
it means you have a brake problem.
A CAUTION:
Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system
warning light is on. Driving with the
brake systemwarning light on can
lead to an accident.If &e light is still
on or if the anti-lock brake system
warning light is flashing afteryou’ve
pulled off the road andstopped carefully, have the vehicle towedfor service.
Anti-Lock Brake System Warning
Light
With anti-lock, this light will come on
when you start your engine and it will
stay on for three seconds. That’s normal.
If the light doesn’t come on, have it fixed
so it will be ready to warn you if there is a
problem.
If the light flashes when you’re driving,
you don’t have anti-lock brakes and
there’s a problem with your regular
brakes. Pull off the road andstop
carefully. You may notice that the pedal is
harder to push. Or, the pedal may go
closer to the floor. It may take longer to
stop. Have the vehicle towed for service.
(See “Towing Your Vehicle” in the
Index.)
95
...
Features and Controls
ABS
INOP
If the anti-lock brake system warning
light stays on longer than normalafter
you’ve started your engine, turn the
ignition off. Or,if the light comes on and
stays on when you’re driving, stop as
soon as possible and turn the ignition off.
Then start the engine again to reset the
system. If the light still stays on, or
comes on again while you’re driving,
your Chevrolet needs service.If the light
is on but not flashing and the regular
brake system warning light isn’ton, you
still have brakes, but you don’t have
anti-lock brakes.
... 96
PLcceleration Slip Regulation (ASR)
Slystem Warning Light (Option)
VVhen the ASR system is off, the “ASR”
li ght will come on. This light will also
Come on for three seconds as a bulb
Check each time you start your vehicle
and if there’s a system failure. See
Acceleration Slip Regulation (ASR)
Slystem” in the Index.
’I‘he ASR system will shut down partially
due to brake overheating butthe “ASR”
li ght will not comeon. If there is throttle
rt:laxer overheating, the “ASR” light will
il luminate and the system will shut down.
Ch c e everything cools off, the system will
0perate norma.lly again.
Lb
When this warning light is on, the system
will not limit wheel spin. Adjust your
driving accordingly.
LOW TRAC
Low Traction Light
When your anti-lock system is adjusting
brake pressure to help avoid a braking
skid, the “LOW TRAC”light will appear
on your instrument cluster. If you have
the traction control system, this light will
also come on when the system is limiting
wheel spin. Slippery road conditions may
exist if this light comes on, so adjust your
driving accordingly. The light will stay
on for a few seconds after the anti-lock
system stops adjusting brake pressure or
the traction control system stops limiting
wheel spin. The “LOW TRAC” light also
comes on for three seconds, as a bulb
check, when the engine is started.
hgine Coolant Temperature Gage
?his gage shows the engine coolant
emperature. If the gage pointer moves
nto the red area, your engine is too hot!
t means that your engine coolant has
jverheated. If you have been operating
’our vehicle under normaldriving
:onditions, you should pull off the road,
top your vehicle and turnoff the engine
IS soon as possible.
IOT COOLANT CAN BURN YOU
3ADLY!
n “Problems on the Road,” this manual
#bows what to do. See “Engine
herheating” in the Index.
97 ...
Features and Controls
happens, your “ABS INOP” light will
come on. See “Anti-Lock Brake System
Warning Light” in this part.)
If you must drive a short distance with the
voltmeter reading in a warning zone, turn
off all your accessories, including your
comfort control and audio systems.
Toltmeter
!ou can read battery voltage on your
,oltmeter.If it reads less than 11 volts or
nore than 16 volts while your engine is
unning, and it stays there, you may have
problem with the electrical charging
ystem. Have it checked right away.
)riving with the voltmeter reading in a
taming zone could drain your battery.
F you idle your engine for a while, the
oltmeter reading might move into the red
one. If the reading stays in the red zone
thile you are driving, you may have a
iroblem with the electrical charging
ystem. Have it checked. While the
oltmeter reads in the red zone, your
sattery may not be able to power certain
lectrical accessories, like ABS. (If this
..98
SERVICE
ENGINE SOON
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Service Engine Soon Light)
A computer monitors operation of your
fuel, ignition and emission control
systems. This light should come on when
the ignition is on, but the engine is not
running, as a check to show you it is
working. If it does not come on at all,
have it fixed right away. If it stays on, or
it comes on while you are driving, the
computer is indicating that you have a
problem. You should take your vehicle in
for service soon.
NOTICE:
If you keep driving your vehicle with
this light on, after a while the emission controls won’t work as well,
your fuel economy won’t be as good
and your engine may not run as
smoothly. This could lead to costly
repairs not covered by your warranty.
I//
80
//
~~
~~~
Engine Oil Pressure Gage
This gage tells you if there could be a
problem with your engine oil pressure.
The engine oil pressure gage shows the
engine oil pressure in psi (pounds per
square inch) in the U.S., or kPa
(kilopascals) in Canada, when the engine
is running. Oil pressure should be 20 to
80 psi (140 to 550 kPa). It may vary with
engine speed, outside temperature and
oil viscosity, but readings above the red
area show the normal operating range.
Readings in the red area tell you that the
engine is low on oil, or that you might
have some other oil problem. See “Engine
Oil” in the Index.
NOTICE:
Damage to your engine from
neglected oil problems can be costly
and is not covered by your warranty.
99 ...
Features and Controls
NOTICE:
CHECK GAGES
Check Gages Light
This light will come on briefly when you
are starting the engine. If the light comes
on and stays on while you are driving,
check your gages to see if they are in the
warning areas.
... I O 0
LOW OIL
,ow Oil Light
‘our vehicle is equipped with an oil level
lonitoring system. When you start your
ngine, the light will come on briefly. If
le light doesn’t come on, have it
:paired. If the light stays on after starting
our engine, your engine oil level may be
10 low. You may need to add oil. See
Engine Oil” in the Index.
The oil level monitoring system only
checks the oil level when you are
starting your engine. It does not keep
monitoring the level once your engine is running. Also, the oil level
check only works when the engine
has been turned off longenough for
the oil to drain back into the oil pan.
c
m
NOTICE:
Driving with the “LOW COOLANT”
light on could cause your Chevrolet
to overheat. See “Engine Overheating” in the Index. Your Chevrolet
could be damaged, and it wouldn’t be
covered by your warranty.
Convertible Top
Low Coolant Light (VS Engine)
This light should come on while you are
starting your engine. If the light doesn’t
come on, have it repaired. The light also
comes on when the coolant in your
radiator is low. You may need to add
coolant. See the Index under “Engine
Coolant.”
le following procedures explain the
3per operation of your convertible top.
I
Lower Your Convertible Top
~~
NOTICE:
Don’t leave your convertible out with
the top down for any long periods of
time. The sun and the rain can damage your seat material and other
things inside your vehicle.
Park on a level surface. Set the
parking brake firmly. Shift an
automatic transmission into “P” (Park)
101 ...
Features and Controls
or a manual transmission into “R”
(Reverse). The ignition must be in the
“ACC” or “Run” position. Lower bott
sun visors.
UP
TOP
NOTICE:
Don‘t lower the top if it is damp or
wet. When the top is down, trapped
water can cause stains, mildew and
damage to the inside of your vehicle.
Be sure to dry off the top before you
lower it.
I NOTICE:
I
It is not recommended to lower the
top if the vehicle is out in cold
weather, 0°F (-18°C) or lower.
DOWN
NOTICE:
Before lowering the convertible top
into the storage area, be sure there
are no objects in the way of the
folded, stored top. The weight o f a
stored top on items in the storage
area will cause the convertible top
back glass to break.
2. Unlock the front of the convertible to]
by pushing on the smaller part of the
latch, then pulling down on the larger
part of the latch. Be sure the hook on
the latch that attaches into the hole at
the windshield releases.
. .. I O 2
1. Be sure no one or nothing is on or
around the top. Push and hold
“DOWN” or on the convertible
top switch. The switch is below
your cigarette lighter. The top will
automatically lower into the storage
area.
mstalling the Boot Cover
4fter lowering the convertible top, you
nay want to install the boot cover. The
hree-piece boot cover is stored in a bag
n the trunk.
To Raise Your Convertible Top
1. Park on a level surface. Set the
parking brake firmly. If you have
an automatic transmission, shift into
“ P ’ (Park). If you have a manual
transmission, shift into “ R ’ (Reverse).
The ignition must be in the “ACC” or
“Run” position. Then lower both sun
visors and lower both windows at
least three inches. If the boot cover is
in place, it must be removed first.
3. Install middle section of cover by
sliding tabs into slots on right side
side covers from the storage bag.
cover.
Lower cover and engage latch.
2. Install the two side covers by
engaging the tab into the front seatbelt 4. Close the trunk.
cover. Lower covers onto vehicle.
1. Open the trunk and remove the two
103 ...
Features and Controls
2. Open the trunk. Remove the middle
piece of the cover by pushing i n on
the latch and lifting up on the cover.
... l o 4
3. Remove the two side pieces of the
4. Store each piece of the cover in its
boot cover by lifting rear of cover and
separate compartment in the storage
sliding them out of their slots.
bag, store in the trunk and close the
trunk.
UP
TOP
5. Push and hold “UP” or A on the
convertible top switch.
6. Pull down on the latches and align
hooks with holes. Push forward on the
larger part of the latch until it clicks.
Do not force the latch. If it is hard to
lock, the top is not properly aligned.
If your vehicle suffers a power loss, such
as a dead battery, you can still raise the
top manually by rotating the valve in the
left side of the trunk.
Open the trunk and find the tab along the
left side trim panel. Lift up the tab and
turn the valve clockwise to release the
hydraulic pressure. Turn the ignition key
to the “LOCK’ positon. You can now
raise or lower your top manually. Be sure
to close the valve after installing your top
so you can raise or lower it electronically
Later.
105 ...
Notes
. ..IO6
Part 3
Comfort Controls & Audio
Systems
In this part you’ll find out how to
)perate the comfort control
systems and audio systems
lffered with your Chevrolet. Be
sure to read about the particular
system supplied with your
rehicle.
Comfort Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heatercontrols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bi-LevelHeating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defogging and Defrosting Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Conditioner Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rearwindow Defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flow-Through Ventilation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audiosystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settingtheclock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AMEM Stereo with Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AM/FM Stereo with Compact Disc Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Understanding Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Care of Your Compact Discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FixedMastAntenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
108
108
108
109
109
109
110
110
111
111
112
113
113
116
120
120
121
121
107
...
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
3
E/
OFF
9
: Air is directed through the
windshield defroster vents and the heater
ducts.
: This setting directs most of the air
through the windshield defroster vents
and some of the air through the heater
ducts.
9
Heating
Temperature Control Knob
Turn the knob to change the temperature
With this system, you can control the
heating and ventilation in your Chevrolet. of the air flowing from the heating
system. Turn it to the right for warmer air
If you have the air conditioning option,
and to the left for cooler air. The
you can also control cooling.
temperature of the air can not be less than
Your vehicle also has the flow-through
the temperature of the outside air.
ventilation system described later in this
section.
Air Control Knob
OFF: The system is off.
Heater Controls
3 : Air flows through the upper air
vents.
Fan Control Knob
# : Turn this knob to select the force of *d: Air is directed through the upper air
vents and the heater ducts.
air you want.
*A: This setting directs most of the air
through the heater ducts and some of the
air through the windshield defroster vents.
Comfort Controls
. . ,108
The heater works best if you keep your
windows closed while using it.
1. Turn the air control knob to */I .
2. Turn the fan control knob to the right.
3. Turn the temperature control knob to a
comfortable setting.
During initial start-up only, if your
vehicle is equipped with an optional
engine coolant heater, you can use it in
cold weather (around +2OoF/-8”C or
lower) to heat the passenger area better
than without it. Because an engine coolant
heater warms the engine coolant,your
vehicle’s heating system can more
efficiently provide heat for the passenger
area of your vehicle. See “Engine Coolant
Heater’’ in the Index.
Bi-Level Heating
You may want to use bi-level heating on
cool, but sunny days. This setting directs
cool air toward your body and warmer air
toward your feet.
1. Turn the air control knob to *g
.
2. Turn the temperature control knob to
a comfortable setting.
3. Turn the fan control knob to the right.
Ventilation
For mild outside temperatures when little
neating or cooling is needed, you can still
iirect outside airthrough your vehicle.
1. Turn the air control knob to 9 .
2. Turn the temperature control knob to a
comfortable setting.
3. Turn the fan control knob to the right.
7efogging and Defrosting
Nindows
. Turn the air control knob to 9.
!. Turn the temperature control knob all
the way to the right.
1. Turn the fan control knob to the right.
109.
I
Comfort Controls andAudio Systems
Cooling
Air Conditioner Controls(OPTION)
The air conditioning system uses the
same controls as the heating system,
except that the air control knob has two
extra settings, described below. For an
explanation of all the controls, see
“Heater Controls” earlier in this part.
MAX: Provides maximum cooling or
quick cool-down on very hot days. This
setting recirculates most of the air inside
your vehicle. If it is used for long periods
of time, the air may become dry. This
setting directs air through the upper air
vents.
. . ,110
A/C: Use for normal cooling on hot days.
This setting cools outside air and directs
it through the upper air vents,
The air conditioner compressor operates
in “MAX,” “A/C” and in qd
,
and
when the outside temperature is
above freezing. When the air conditioner
is on, you may sometimes notice slight
changes in your vehicle’s engine speed
and power. This is normal because
the system is designed to cycle the
compressor on and off to keep the
desired cooling and help fuel economy.
9
*%
The airconditioner works best if you keep
your windows closed. On very hot days,
open the windows just long enough for
the hot air to escape.
1. Turn the air control knob to “A/C” for
normal cooling. For faster cooling
move the knob to “MAX.”
2. Turn the temperature control knob to
a comfortable setting.
3. Turn the fan control knob to the right.
NOTICE:
0 0 0 ~ 0 1 0I
Rear Window Defogger(opnoN)
The rear window defogger uses a
warming grid to remove fog from the rear
window.
Press the right side of the switch to turn
on the defogger. An indicator light will
come on to remind you that the defogger
is on. The defogger will turn off
automatically after about ten minutes of
use. If you turn it on again, the defogger
will operate for about five minutes only.
You can also turn the defogger off by
pressing the left side of the switch.
Do not attach anything like a temporary
vehicle license or a decal across the
defogger grid on the rear window.
Don’t use a razor blade or something
else sharp on the inside of the rear
window. If you do, you could cut or
damage the warming grid, and the
repairs wouldn’t be covered by your
warranty.
:/ow-Through Ventilation
;ystem
lour Chevrolet’s flow-through ventilatiol1
ystem supplies outside air into the
ehicle when it is moving. Outside air
vlill also enter the vehicle when the heatelr
lr the air conditioning fan is running.
1 1 1 . .
.
Comfort Controls andAudio Systems
Audio Systems
Ventilation Tips
D Keep the hood andfront air inlet free
of ice, snow, or any other obstruction
(such as leaves). The heater and
defroster will work far better, reducin
the chance of fogging the inside of
your windows.
When you enter a vehicle in cold
weather, turn the fan control knob to
the right for a few moments before
driving off. This helps clear the intakc
ducts of snow and moisture, and
reduces the chance of fogging the
inside of your windows.
Keep the air path under the front seat:
clear of objects. This helps air to
circulate throughout your vehicle.
.I12
Your Delco@audio system has been
jesigned to operate easily and give years
If listening pleasure. But you will get the
nost enjoyment out of it if you acquaint
yourself with it first. Find out what your
Delco@ system cando and how to operate
111 its controls, to be sure you’re getting
:he most out of the advanced engineering
.hat went into it.
:f you have power door locks, your
qehicle has a feature called Retained
4ccessory Power (RAP). With RAP you
:an play your audio system even after the
ignition is off. See the Index under
“Retained Accessory Power.”
I‘
NOTICE:
Before you add any sound equipment
to your vehicle - like a tape player,
CB radio, mobile telephone or
two-way radio - be sure you can
add what you want.If you can, it’s
very important to do it properly.
Added sound equipment may
interfere with the operation of your
vehicle’s engine, Delco@radio or
other systems, and even damage
them. And, your vehicle’s systems
may interfere with the operation of
sound equipment that has been added
improperly.
So, before adding sound equipment,
check with your dealer and be sureto
check Federal rules covering mobile
radio and telephone units.
I Setting the Clock
/
AM/FM Stereo with Cassette Tape
Player
1. Press“SET.”
2. Within five seconds, press and hold
“SEEK V’’until the correct hour
appears.
3. Press and hold “SEEK A’’ until the
correct minute appears.
Delco/Bose AM/FM Stereo with
Compact Disc Player
1. Press“SET.”
2. Within five seconds, press and hold
“SCAN” until the correct hour
appears.
3. Press and hold “SEEK 4 or
“SEEK
until the correct minute
appears.
”
”
1
VOL-
BAL
PROG-RCL A
TUNEFADE
\
TREE
\\
BASS
AM-FMA
AMIFM Stereo with Cassette
Tape Player
To Play the Radio
Turn the upper knob to turn the system
on or off.
Volume
Turn the upper knob to adjust the
volume.
I
AM-FM
Press the lower knob to get AM or FM.
The lighted display shows your
selection.
Tune
Turn the lower knob to choose radio
stations.
Recall
Press the upper knob to recall the
station being played or the clock
display.
Seek
Press “SEEK 7’’or “SEEK A’7and
the radio will tune to the next lower
or higher station and stay there.
113 ...
Comfort Controls andAudio Systems
/-
VOLUME
TREB
\\
V
[
PROG-RCL P
TUNE 3 FADE BASS
AM-FM n
SEEK
I
I
2
3
4
\
SET
] [OOOO]
\
Scan
The scan function uses the same two
buttons as the seek function.
To go to the next higher station and stay
there for a few seconds, press and hold
“SEEK A’’and then press “SEEK7”for
an instant.
To go to the next lower station and stay
there for a few seconds, press and hold
“SEEK 7’’and then press “SEEKA’’for
an instant.
To stop the scan function, press either
“SEEK A’’or “SEEK v.”
. ..114
I
P
Pushbuttons
The four pushbuttons let you return to
your favorite stations. You can preset up
to 14 stations (7 AM and 7 FM).
To set the pushbuttons for up to eight
stations (4 AM and 4 FM), just:
1. Tune in the station.
2. Press “SET.” (“SET” will appear on
the display for about five seconds.)
3. Within five seconds, press one of the
four pushbuttons. Whenever you
press that button, the preset station
will return.
Repeat these steps for each pushbutton.
You can preset three more stations on
each band by pressing a pair of buttons
next to each other at the same time. Just:
1. Tune in the station.
2. Press “SET.” (“SET” will appear on
the display for about five seconds.)
3. Within five seconds, press two
pushbuttons next to each other at the
same time. Whenever you press that
pair of buttons, the preset station wilI1
return.
Repeat these steps for each pair of
pushbuttons.
Setting the Tone
Bass: Slide the “BASS” levkfup to hear
more bass.
Treble: Slide the “TREB” lever up to
hear more treble.
If a station is weak and noisy, move
“TREB” down to reduce the noise.
I
Press 4 or b to rapidly rewind or advance Eject
the tape. Press “STOP-EJECT” half way
Press “STOP-EJECT” fully to remove the
to stop the tape.
tape or stop the tape and switch to the
radio.
Automatic Program Search
When you push “APS” you can go to the CrO2 (Delco/Bose System)
beginning of a new selection.
The “CrO2” button lets you set the
To go forward to the beginning of the system for the type of cassette being used.
If you are using chrome or metal tapes,
next selection, press b .
push
“CrO2” in. If you are using standard
0 To go back to the beginning of the
tapes, make sure “CrO2” is out.
current selection, press 4 . Push 4
again to go to the beginning of the
Noise Reduction (Delco/Bose System)
previous selection.
To Play a CassetteTape
Your sound system has the Dolby@
Your tape player is built to work bestwith
automatic noise reduction feature.
Program
tapes that are 30 to 45 minutes long on
Dolby@Noise Reduction is manufactured
Press the upper knob on your systemto
each side. Tapes longer than that are so
under license from Dolby Laboratories
thin they may not work well in this player. switch from one side of the tape to the
Licensing Corporation. “Dolby” and the
other
or
to
stop
the
tape
from
searching.
The longer side with the tape visible goes
symbol are trademarks of Dolby
Your cassette tape player can play
in first. If you hear nothingor hear just a
Laboratories
Licensing Corporation.
garbled sound, it may not be in squarely. continuously be&use the player has an
Press “STOP-EJECT” to remove the tape auto-reverse feature.
and start over.
Once the tape is playing, use the upper
and lower knobs just as you do forthe
radio. The arrows show which side of the
tape is playing.
Adjusting the Speakers
Balance: Turn the balance control behind
the upper knob to move the sound
between the right and left speakers.
Fade: Turn the fade control behind the
lower knob to move the sound between
the front and rear speakers.
The Delco/Bose premium speaker system
only includes three speakers. It does not
include speakers in the panel behind the
grilles next to the rear seat.
00
@
115.. .
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
Scan
Press “SCAN’ to hear each station for a
few seconds. When you want to stop
scanning, press “SCAN’ again or the
upper knob.
[ VOLOBAL
1
POWER
TUNE 0 0 FADE
F
D
COMP RDM
REV
FWD
SCAN
PREV NEXT
R
AM-FM a
‘c
AM!FMStereo withCompact
Disc Player
Tune
Turn the lower knobto choose radio
stations.
To Play the Radio
Recall
Turn the upper knobto turn the system on
Press “RCL” to reca.I1 the station being
or off.
played or the time.
Volume
Seek
Turn the upperknob to adjust the volume.
Press “SEEK 4 or “SEEK
to go to
the
next
lower
or
higher
station
and
stay
AM-FM
there.
Press the lower knob to get AM, FMl or
FM2.
”
. .. 116
”
Pushbuttons
The five pushbuttons let you return to
your favorite stations. To set the
pushbuttons for up to 15 stations (5 AM,
5 FMl and 5 FM2), just:
1. Press the lower knob to choose AM,
F M l or FM2.
2. Tune in the station.
3. Press “SET.”(“SET” will appear on
the display for about five seconds.)
4. Within five seconds, press one of the
pushbuttons. Whenever you press that
button, the preset station will return.
POWER
f ST-PL
\
COMP
AM-FMrz
Setting the Tone
Bass: Press “BASS A or “BASS v ’’ to
hear more or less bass.
Treble: Press “TREB A or “TREB v
to hear more or less treble.
For the clearest sound, keep both of these
adjusted all the way up. If a station is
weak and noisy, press “TREB v to
reduce the noise.
”
”
”
”
To Play a Compact Disc
Before you begin, please note: don’t use
the mini-discs that are called “singles.”
They won’t eject. Use full-size compact
discs.
With the audio system on, insert a disc
into the slot with the label side up. “CD”
will appear on the display and track 1 wil
begin to play.
If the disc comes back out and “ERR”
RDM
REV
FWD SCAN PREV NEXT^
appears on the display, it could be that:
The disc is upside down.
It is dirty, scratched, or wet.
0 There’s too much moisture in the air.
Adjusting the Speakers
You are driving on a very rough road.
Balance: Turn the balance control behind
the upper knob to move the sound
0 The temperature is too hot or too cold.
between the right and left speakers.
Recall
Fade: Turn the Fade control behind the
lower knob to move the sound between
Press “RCL” to see what trackis playing.
the front and rear speakers.
Press it again within five seconds to see
The Delco/Bose premium speaker system how long it has been playing.
only includes three speakers. It does not
The track number also appears when the
include speakers in the panel behind the
disc is inserted.
grilles next to the rear seat.
Comfort Controls andAudio Systems
To Play the NextSelection
Press “NEXT” to hear the next track now
(instead of waiting until the present track
is finished).
If you press and holdthis button or press
it more than once, the disc will advance
further.
To Replay the CurrentSelection
Press “PREV” to hear a track again.
If you press and holdthis button, or press
it more than once, the disc will return to
previous tracks.
Reverse
Press and hold “REV” to rapidly return to
a favorite passage. Release it to play the
passage.
Fast Forward
Press and hold “ F W D ’ to quickly
advance within a track. Release it to
resume playing.
. . .118
Scan
Press “SCAN” to listen to each track for
about 10 seconds. Press “RDM” or
“SCAN” to stop the scanning.
Compression
Press “COMP’ to make loud and soft
passages more nearly equal in volume.
Theft-Deterrent Feature
Delco-Loc I1 is a security feature for the
compact disc player. It can be used or
ignored. If ignored, the system functions
normally. If it is used, your system won’t
be usable if it’s ever stolen.
Setting Your Security Code
The instructions below tell you how to
enter a security code into the system. If
Random
Press “RDM” to hear a random selection your vehicle loses battery power for any
reason, you must enter the security code
of tracks.
again before the system will turn on.
To Stop the Disc Player
1. Write down any six-digit number and
keep it in a safe place.
0 Turn the power off or turn the ignition
key off. The disc stays in the player
2. Turn the ignition switch to the “Acc”
or “Run” position.
and will resume playing at the point
where it stopped.
3. Turn the audio system off.
0 Press “ST-PL” to stop playing the disc
4. Press and hold pushbuttons “1” and
and switch to radio. Press “ST-PL,” to
“4” together until “---” shows on the
restart the disc at the point where it
display.
stopped.
You are now ready to enter your security
0 Press “EJCT” to eject the disc and the
code. Don’t wait more than 15 seconds
radio will play. The disc will start
between steps.
playing at track 1 when you reinsert it.
~
5. Press “SET” and “000” will appear
on the display.
6. Press “SEEK 4 or “SEEK b ” and
hold until the firstdigit of your code
appears. Releasethe button.
7. Turn the lower knob to make the
second and third digits appear.
8. Press the lower knob and “000” will
appear on thedisplay. Now you are
ready to enter the last three digits of
your code.
9. Press “SEEK 4 or “SEEK b ” and
hold until the fourthdigit of your
code appears. Release the button.
10. Turn the lower knobto make the
fifth and sixth digits of your code
appear.
11. Press the lower knob. “rEP” will
appear for five seconds,and then
“000” will appear.
12. For verification, repeat steps 6
through 11. If “SEC” appears, your
audio system is secured.If “---”
shows on the display, your system is
not secured. You must restart the
entire procedure again from step5.
”
”
Shutting Off the Theft-Deterrent
Feature
If your audio system is secured (“SEC”
shows on display) and you wish to disable
it, enter your security code as follows,
pausing no more than 15 seconds
between steps:
1. Turn the ignition on. Make sure the
audio system is off. The time will
show on the display.
2. Press pushbuttons “1” and “4”
together until “SEC” shows on the
display.
3. Press “SET.” “000” will appear on the
display.
4. Press “SEEK 4 or “SEEK b and
hold until the first digit of your code
appears. Release the button.
5. Turn the lower knob until the second
and third digits appear.
6. Press the lower knob. “000” will
appear on the display.
7. Press “SEEK 4 or “SEEK b and
hold until the fourth digit of your
security codeappears. Release the
button.
8. Turn the lower knob until the fifth and
sixth digits of your code appear.
”
”
”
”
9. Press the lower knob. If “---” shows,
you have shut off the theft-deterrent
feature. If “SEC” shows, your audio
system is still secured.
NOTE: If you lose or forget your security
code, seeyour dealer forassistance.
Unlocking the AudioSystem after a
Power Failure
If power is disrupted to the audio system
while in the “SEC” mode, the unit will
not work and “LOC” will show on the
display whenever the ignition is on. To
unlock the unit:
1. Turn the ignition switch to the “Acc”
or “Run” position.
2. Press “SEEK 4 or “SEEK b and
hold until the first digit of your code
appears. Release the button.
3. Turn the lower knob to make the
second and third digits appear.
4. Press the lower knob. “000” will
appear on the display.
5. Press “SEEK 4 ” or “SEEK b and
hold until thefourth digit of your
security code appears. Release the
button.
”
”
”
119.. .
Comfort Controls andAudio Systems
6. Turn the lower knob until the fifth and
sixth digits of your code appear,
7. Press the lower knob. The clock
display will appear and the unit will
work. If “LOC” shows, the numbers
did not match andthe unit is still
locked.
How to Change Your Security Code
You can change your security code by
following these steps:
1. Using your old code, follow the
directions given under “Shutting Off
the Theft-Deterrent Feature.”
2. Repeat directions of “Setting Your
Security Code” with your new
security code.
Understanding Radio Reception
FM Stereo
FM stereo will give you the best sound.
But FM signals will reach only about
10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). And, tall
buildings or hills can interfere with
FM signals, causing the sound to come
and go.
. . .I20
AM
The range for most AM stations is greater
than for FM, especially at night. The
longer range, however, can cause stations
to interfere with each other. AM can pick
up noise from things like storms and
power lines. Try reducing the treble to
reduce this noise if you ever get it.
AM Stereo
This means the Delco@system can
receive C-QUAM@ stereo broadcasts.
Many AM stations around the country use
C-QUAM@ to produce stereo, though
some do not. (C-QUAM@ is a registered
trademark of Motorola, Inc.) If your
Delco@system can get C-QUAM@, your
“STEREO” light will come on when
you’re receiving it.
I
Care of Your Cassette Tape
Player
A tape player that is not cleaned regularly
can cause reduced sound quality, ruined
cassettes, or a damaged mechanism.
Cassette tapes should be stored in their
cases away from contaminants, direct
sunlight, and extreme heat. If they aren’t,
they may not operate properly or cause
failure of the tape player.
Your tape player should be cleaned
regularly each month or after every 15
hours of use. If you notice a reduction in
sound quality, try a known good cassette
to see if the tape or the tape player is at
fault. If this other cassette has no
Fixed Mast Antenna
improvement in sound quality, clean the
tape player.
Clean your tape player with a
wiping-action, non-abrasive cleaning
cassette, and follow the directions
provided with it.
Cassettes are subject to wear and the
sound quality may degrade over time.
Always make sure that the cassette tape is
in good condition before you have your
tape player serviced.
The fixed mast antenna can withstand
most car washes without being damaged.
If the mast should ever become slightly
bent, you can straighten it out by hand. If
the mast is badly bent, as it might be by
vandals, you should replace it.
Check every once in a while to be sure
the mast is still tightened to the fender.
Care of Your Compact Discs
Handle discs carefully. Store them in theil
original cases or other protective cases
and away from direct sunlight and dust. U
the surface of a disc is soiled, dampen a
clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral
detergent solution and clean it, wiping
from the center to the edge.
Be sure never to touch the signal surface
when handling discs. Pick up discs by
grasping the outer edges or the edge of
the hole and the outer edge.
121
.
I
Comfort Controls and Audio Systems
. . .I22
4
Part
Your Driving and the Road
H e r e you’ll find information
about driving on different kinds
of roads and in varying weather
conditions. We’ve also included
many other useful tips on
driving.
DefensiveDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DrunkenDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control of a Vehicle , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DrivingatNight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving in the Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CityDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FreewayDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...................................................
WinterDriving
I
TowingaTrailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I
124
124
126
133
134
136
137
138
139
142
I
123
...
Your Driving and the Road
Just how much alcohol is too much if a
person plans to drive? Ideally, no one
Death and injury associated with drinking should drink alcohol and then drive. But
The best advice anyone can give about
and driving is a national tragedy. It’s the if one does, then what’s “too much”? It
driving is: Drive defensively.
number one contributor to the highway
can be a lot less than many might think.
Please start with a very important safety
death
toll,
claiming
thousands
of
victims
Although it depends on each person and
device in your Chevrolet: Buckle up.
every
year.
Alcohol
takes
away
three
situation, here is some general
(See “Safety Belts” in the Index.)
things that anyone needs todrive a
information on the problem.
Defensive driving really means “be ready vehicle:
The Blood Alcohol Content (BAC) of
for anything.” On city streets, rural roads,
Judgment
someone who is drinking depends upon
or freeways, it means “always expect the
four
things:
0 Muscular Coordination
unexpected.”
How much alcohol is in the drink.
0 Vision
Assume that pedestrians or other drivers
are going to be careless and make
The drinker’s body weight.
Police records show that almosthalf of
mistakes. Anticipate what they might do. all motor vehicle-related deaths involve
The amount of food that isconsumed
Be ready for their mistakes.
alcohol - a driver, a passenger or
before and during drinking.
someone else, such as a pedestrian, had
Rear-end collisions are about the most
The length of time it has taken the
been drinking. In most cases, these
preventable of accidents. Yet they are
drinker to consume the alcohol.
deaths are the resultof someone who
common. Allow enough following
was drinking and driving. About 20,000
distance. It’s the best defensive driving
motor vehicle-related deaths occur each
maneuver, in both city and rural driving.
You never know when the vehicle infront year because of alcohol, and thousands
of you is going to brake or turn suddenly. of people are injured.
Defensive Driving
. . .I24
Drunken Driving
DRINKING THAT WILL
RESULT IN A BAC OF .05%
IN THE TIME SHOWN
According to the American Medical
Association, a 180-pound (82 kg) person
who drinks three 12-ounce (355 ml)
bottles of beer in an hour will end up with
a BAC of about 0.06 percent. The person
would reach the same BAC by drinking
three 4-ounce (120 ml) glasses of wine or
three mixed drinks if each had 1-1/2
ounces (45 ml) of a liquor like whiskey,
gin or vodka.
It’s the amount of alcohol that counts. For
example, if the same person drank three
double martinis (3 ounces or 90 ml of
liquor each) within an hour, the person’s
BAC would be close to 0.12 percent. A
person who consumes food just before or
during drinking will have a slightly lower
BAC level.
100
120
140
160
1no
200
220
240
BODY WEIGHT IN POUNDS
The law in most U.S. states sets the legal
limit at a BAC of 0.10 percent. In Canada
the limit is 0.08percent, and in some
other countries it’s lower than that. The
BAC will be over 0.10 percent after three
to six drinks (in one hour). Of course, as
we’ve seen, it depends on how much
alcohol is in the drinks, and how quickly
the person drinks them.
But it’s very important to keep in mind
that the ability to drive is affected well
below a BAC of 0.10 percent. Research
shows that the driving skills of many
people are impaired at a BAC
approaching 0.05 percent, and that the
effects are worse at night. All drivers are
impaired at BAC levels above 0.05
percent. Statistics show that the chance of
being in an accident increases sharply for
drivers who have a BAC of 0.05 percent
or above. A driver with a BAC level of
0.06 percent (three beers in one hour for a
180-pound or 82 kg person) has doubled
his or her chance of having an accident.
At a BAC level of 0.10 percent, the
chance of that driver having an accident is
six times greater; at a level of 0.15
percent, the chances are twenty-five times
greater! And, the body takes about an
hour to rid itself of the alcohol in one
drink. No amount of coffee or number of
cold showers will speed that up.
“I’ll be careful” isn’t the right answer.
What if there’s an emergency, a need to
take sudden action, as when a child darts
into the street? A person with a higher
BAC might not beable to react quickly
enough to avoid the collision.
125
...
Your Driving and the Road
Br4king
There’s something else about drinlcing
md driving that many people don’tknow.
Medical research shows that alcohol in a
person’ssystem can make crash injuries
worse. That’s especially true for brain,
spinal card and heart injuries. That means
that if anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger -is in a crash, the
chance of being killed or penmmently
disabled is higher than if that person had
not been &inking. And we’ve already
seen that the chance of a crash itself is
higher far drinkine drivers.
h k b l g W t i Q I l hVlolV(eB
and reaction time.
First, you have to decide to push on the
brake pedal. That%perception time,
Then you have tobring up yslur foot
and do it. That’s
i t n ~have three systems that make y o u
rehide go where you want it to go. They
ue the brakes, the steering and the
um&mtor. All thee systems haveto do
heir work at the places wherethe tires
neet the road.
Zametimea;,as when you’re driving on
mow or ice, it’s easy to ask more of those
:ontrol systems than the tires and road
can provide. That means you can lose
control of your vehicle.
.. ,126
This is a mistake. Your brakes may not
have time to cool between hard stops.
Your brakes will wear out much faster if
you do a lot of heavy braking. If you keep
pace with the traffic and allow realistic
following distances, you will eliminate a
lot of unnecessary braking. That means
better braking and longer brake life.
If your engine ever stops while you’re
driving, brake normally but don’t pump
your brakes. If you do, the pedal may
get harder to push down. If your engine
stops, you will still have some power
brake assist. But you will use it when
you brake. Once the power assist is used
up, it may take longer to stop and the
brake pedal will be harder to push.
ABS
INOP
inti-Lock Brakes (ABS)
tour Chevrolet has an advanced
klectronic braking system that will help
- revent sludding.
?his light on the instrument panel will go
m when you start your vehicle.
Nhen you start your vehicle, or when yo11
)egin to drive away, you may hear a
nomentary motor or clicking noise. And
’ou may even notice that your brake
bedal moves a little while this is going on
:his is the ABS system testing itself. If
here’s a problem with the anti-lock brake
ystem, the anti-lock brake system
varning light will stay on or flash.
;ee “Anti-Lock Brake System Warning
ight” in the Index.
127 ...
Your Driving and the Road
but this is normal. When your anti-lock
system is adjusting brake pressure to help
avoid a braking skid, the “LOW TRAC”
light will come on. See “Low Traction
Light” in the Index.
Here’s how anti-lock works. Let’s say
the road is wet. You’re driving safely.
Suddenly an animal jumps out in front
of you.
You slam on the brakes. Here’s what
happens with ABS.
A computer senses that wheelsare
slowing down. If one of the wheels is
about to stop rolling, the computer will
separately work the brakesat each front
wheel and at the rear wheels.
The anti-lock system can change the
brake pressure faster than any driver
could. The computer is programmed to
make the most of availabletire and road
conditions.
. . .I28
You can steer around the obstacle while
braking hard.
As you brake, your computer keeps
receiving updates on wheel speed and
controls braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: Anti-lock doesn’t change the
time you need to get your foot up to the
brake pedal. If you get too close to the
vehicle in front of you, you won’t have
time to apply your brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always leave
enough room up ahead to stop, even
though you have anti-lock brakes.
To Use Anti-Lock
Don’t pump the brakes. Just hold the
brake pedal down and let anti-lock
work for you. You may feel the system
working, or you may notice some noise,
ASR (Acceleration Slip Regulation)
System (Option:LT1 VS Engine)
Your vehicle may have an ASR system
that limits wheel spin. This is especially
useful in slippery road conditions. The
system operates only if it senses that one
or both of the rear wheels are spinning or
beginning to lose traction.
When this happens, the system works the
rear brakes and reduces engine power (by
closing the throttle and managing spark)
to limit wheel spin.
The “LOW TRAC” light will come on
when your ASR system is limiting wheel
spin. See “Low Traction Light” in the
Index. You may feel the system working,
or you may notice some noise, but this is
normal.
The ASR system may operate on dry
roads under some conditions, and you
may notice a reduction in acceleration
when this happens. This is normal and
doesn’t mean there’s a problem with your
vehicle. Examples of these conditions
include a hard accelerationin a turn, or
an abrupt upshift or downshift.
‘I
i
ASR
If your vehicle is in cruisecontrol when
the ASR system begins to limit wheel
spin, the cruisecontrol will automaticallq
disengage. When road conditions allow
you to safely use it again, you may
re-engage the cruise control. (See
“Cruise Control” in the Index.)
The “ASR” warning light will come on
when you tu-n theASR system off. Whe~
the system is on, this light will come on
to let you know if there’sa problem with
your ASR system. See “ASR System
Warning Light” in the Index.
When this warning light is on, the system
will not limit wheel spin. Adjust your
drjving accordingly.
The ASR system automatically comes on
whenever you start your vehicle.
To limit wheel spin, especially in
slippery road conditions, you should
always leave the system on. But you can
turn the ASR system off if you ever need
to. (You should turn the system off if
your vehicle ever gets stuck in sand,
mud, ice or snow. See “Rocking Your
Vehicle” in the Index.)
To turn the system off, press the button on
the consolenear the cigarette lighter. The
“ASIC” warning light will come on and
stay on. -If the ASR system is limiting
wheel spin when you press the button, the
system won’t turn off right away. It will
wait until there’s no longer a current need
to limit wheel spin.
You can turn the system back on at any
time by pressing the button again. The
*‘ASR’warning light should go off.
[f your car is equipped with P245/50ZR16
tires, the ASR system will automatically
turn off at speeds above 108 mph (173
km/h). (The “ASR” warning light will
not come on.) When vehicle speed drops
below 103 mph (165 km/h), the system
will automatically turn on again.
Braking in Emergencies
Use your anti-lock braking system when
you need to. With anti-lock, you can
steer and brake a1 the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help you more
than even the very best braking.
129
...
Your Driving and the Road
Steering
Suppose you’re steering through a sharp
curve, Thenyou suddenly accelerate.
Power Steering
Both control systems - steering and
If you lase power steering assist because acceleration - have to do their work
where the tires meet the road. Unless you
the engine stops or the system is not
have traction control and the system is
functioning, you can steer but it will
on,
adding the sudden acceleration can
take much more effort.
demand too much of those places. You
Steering Tips
can lose control.
What should youdo if this ever happens?
Driving on Curves
Ease up on the accelerator pedal, steer the
It’s important to take curves at a
vehicle the way you want it to go, and
reasonable speed.
slow down.
A lot of the “driver lost control” accidents
mentioned on the news happen on curves. Speed limit signs near curves warn that
you should adjust your speed. Of course,
Here’s why:
the posted speeds are based on good
Experienced driver or beginner, each of
weather and road conditions. Under less
us is subject to the same laws of physics
favorable conditions you’ll want to go
when driving on curves. The traction of
slower.
the tires against the road surface makes it
possible for the vehicle to change its path If you need to reduce your speed as you
when you turn the front wheels. If there’s approach a curve, do it before you enter
the curve, while your front wheels are
no traction, inertia will keep the vehicle
straight ahead.
going in the same direction. If you’ve
ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice,
Try to adjust your speed so you can
you’ll understand this.
“drive” through the curve. Maintain a
reasonable,
steady speed. Wait to
The traction you can get ina carve
accelerate
until
you are opt of the curve,
depends on the condition of your tires and
and then accelerate gently into the
the road surface, the angle at which the
straightaway.
curve is banked, and your speed. While
you’re in a curve, speed is the one factor
you can control.
I
.. ,130
Steering in Emergencies
There are times when steering can be
more effective than braking. Forexample,
you come over a hill and find a truck
stopped in your lane, or a car suddenly
pulls out from nowhere, or a child darts
out from between parked cars and stops
right in frontof you. You can avoid these
problems by braking -if you can stop in
time. But sometimes you can’t; there isn’t
room. That’s the timefor evasive action
- steering around the problem.
Your Chevrolet can perform very well in
emergencies like these. First apply your
brakes. It is better to remove as much
speed as you can from a possible
collision. Then steer around the problem,
to the left or right depending on the space
available.
An emergency like this requires close
attention and a quick decision. If you are
holding the steering wheel at the
recommended 9 and 3 o’clock positions,
you can turn it a full 180 degrees very
quickly without removing either hand.
But you have to act fast, steer quickly,
and just as quickly straighten the wheel
once you have avoided the object.
The fact that such emergency situations
are always possible is a good reason to
practice defensive driving at all times and
wear safety belts properly.
Passing
Off-Road Recovery
You may find sometime that your right
wheels have dropped off the edge of a
road onto the shoulder (A) while you’re
driving.
If the level of the shoulder is only slight11
below the pavement, recovery should be
fairly easy. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the way,steer
so that your vehicle straddles the edge of
the pavement. You can turn the steering
wheel up to 1/4 turn (B) until the right
front tire contacts the pavement edge.
Then turn your steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.
The driver of a vehicle about to pass
another on a two-lane highway waits for
just the right moment, accelerates, moves
around the vehicle ahead, then goes back
into the right lane again. A simple
maneuver?
Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle
on a two-lane highway is a potentially
dangerous move, since the passing
vehicle occupies the same lane as
oncoming traffic for several seconds. A
miscalculation, an error in judgment, or a
brief surrender to frustration or anger can
suddenly put the passing driver face to
face with the worst of alltraffic accidents
- the head-on collision.
So here are some tips for passing:
“Drive ahead.” Look downthe road,
to the sides, and to crossroads for
situations that might affect your
passing patterns. If you have any
doubt whatsoever about making a
successful pass, wait for a better time.
Watch for traffic signs, pavement
markings, and lines. If you can see a
sign up ahead that might indicate a
turn or an intersection, delay your
pass. A broken center line usually
131..
.
Your Driving andthe Road
0 If other cars are lined up to passa
indicates it’s all right to pass
slow vehicle, wait your turn. But take
(providing the road ahead is clear).
care that someone isn’t trying to pass
Never cross a solid line on your side
you as you pull out to pass the slow
of the lane or a double solid line, even
vehicle. Remember to glance over
if the road seems empty of
your shoulder and check the blind
approaching traffic.
spot.
a Do not get too close to the vehicle you
want to pass while you’re awaiting an a Check your mirrors, glance over your
shoulder, and start your left lane
opportunity. For one thing, following
change signal before moving out of
too closely reduces your area of
the right lane to pass. When you are
vision, especially if you’re following a
far enough ahead of the passed vehicle
larger vehicle. Also, you won’t have
to see its front in your inside mirror,
adequate space if the vehicle ahead
activate your right lane change signal
suddenly slows or stops. Keep back a
and move back into the right lane.
reasonable distance.
(Remember that your rightoutside
a When it looks like a chance to pass is
mirror
is convex. The vehicle youjust
coming up, start to accelerate but stay
passed
may seem to be farther away
in the right lane and don’tget too
from you than it reallyis.)
close. Time your move so you will be
Try not to pass more than one vehicle
increasing speed as the time comes to
at a time on two-lane roads.
move into the other lane. If the way is
Reconsider before passing the next
clear to pass, you will have a “running
vehicle.
start” that more than makes up for the
distance you would lose by dropping
a Don’t overtake a slowly moving
back. And if something happens to
vehicle too rapidly. Even though the
cause you to cancel your pass, you
brake lights are not flashing, it may be
need only slow down and drop back
slowing down or starting to turn.
again and wait for another
a If you’re being passed, make it easy
opportunity.
for the following driver to get ahead
. . .132
of you. Perhaps you canease a little to
the right.
loss of Control
Let’s review what drivingexperts say
about what happens when thethree
control systems (brakes, steering and
acceleration) don’t have enough friction
where the tires meet the roadto do what
the driver has asked.
In any emergency, don’tgive up. Keep
trying to steer and constantly seek an
escape route or area of less danger.
Skidding
In a skid, a driver can lose control of the
vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid most
skids by taking reasonable care suited to
existing conditions, and by not
“overdriving” those conditions. But skids
are always possible.
The three types of skids correspond to
your Chevrolet’s three control systems. In
the brakmg skid your wheels aren’t
rolling. In the steering or cornering skid,
too much speed or steering ina curve
causes tires to slip and lose cornering
force. And in the acceleration skid too
much throttle causes the driving wheels to
spin.
A cornering skid is best handled by
easing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
If you have the ASR system, remember: It
helps avoid only the acceleration skid. If
you do not have traction control, or if the
system is off, then an acceleration skid is
also best handled by easing your foot off
the accelerator pedal.
If your vehicle starts to slide, ease your
foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly
steer the way you wantthe vehicle to go.
If you start steering quickly enough, your
vehicle may straighten out. Always be
ready for a second skid if it occurs.
Of course, traction is reduced when water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other material is on
the road. For safety, you’ll want to slow
down and adjust your driving to these
conditions. It is important to slow down
on slippery surfaces because stopping
distance will be longer and vehicle
control more limited.
While driving on a surface with reduced
traction, try your best to avoid sudden
steering, acceleration, or braking
(including engine bralung by shifting to a
lower gear). Any sudden changes could
cause the tires to slide. You may not
realize the surface is slippery until your
vehicle is skidding. Learn to recognize
warning clues - such as enough water,
ice or packed snow on the road to make
a .“mirrored surface” -and slow down
when you have any doubt.
Remember: Any anti-lock braking system
(ABS) helps avoid only the braking skid.
.
..
I
4
Driving at Night
\Tight driving is more dangerous than day
hiving. One reason is that some drivers
tre likely to be impaired - by alcohol or
lrugs, with night visionproblems, or by
atigue.
lere are some tips on night driving.
Drive defensively.
Don’t drink and drive.
Adjust your inside rearview mirror to
reduce the glare from headlights
behind you.
Since you can’t see as well, you may
need to slow down and keep more
space between you and other vehicles.
133
...
Your Driving and the Road
vehicle with misaimed headlights), slow
down a little. Avoid staring directly into
the approaching lights.
Keep your windshield and all the glass on
0
your
vehicle clean - inside and out.
0
Glare at night is made much worse by dirt
on the glass. Even the inside of the glass
can build up a film caused by dust. Dirty
Night Vision
glass makes lights dazzle and flash more
No one can see as well at night as in the
than clean glass would, malung the pupils
daytime. But as we get older these
of your eyes contract repeatedly.
differences increase. A 50-year-old driver
may require at least twice as much light to Remember that your headlights light up
far less of a roadway when you are in a
see the same thing at night as a
turn or curve.
20-year-old.
Keep your eyes moving; that way, it’s
What you do in the daytime can also
easier to pick out dimly lighted objects.
affect your night vision. For example, if
you spend the day in bright sunshine you Just as your headlights should be
checked regularly for proper aim, so
are wise to wear sunglasses. Your eyes
should
your eyes be examined regularly.
will have less trouble adjusting to night.
Some drivers suffer from night blinduess
But if you’re driving, don’t wear
- the inability to seein dim light - and
sunglasses at night. They may cut down
aren’t even aware of it.
on glare from headlights, but they also
make a lot of things invisible.
You can be temporarily blinded by
approaching lights. It can take a second or
two, or even several seconds, for your
eyes toreadjust to the dark. When you are
faced with severe glare (as from a driver
who doesn’t lower the high beams, or a
Slow down, especially on higher
speed roads. Your headlights can light
up only so much road ahead.
In remote areas, watch for animals.
If you’re tired, pull off the road in a
safe place and rest.
. . .I34
Driving in the Rain
Rain and wet roads can mean driving
trouble. On a wet road you can’t stop,
accelerate or turn as well because your
tire-to-road traction isn’t as good as on
dry roads. And, if your tires don’t have
much tread left, you’ll get even less
traction. It’s always wise to go slower
and be cautious if rain starts to fall
while you are driving. The surface may
get wet suddenly when your reflexes
are tuned for driving on dry pavement.
The heavier the rain, the harder it is to
see. Even if your windshield wiper blades
are in good shape, a heavy rain can make
it harder to see road signs and traffic
signals, pavement markings, the edge of
the road, and even people walking.
It’s wise to keep your wiping equipment
in good shape and keep your windshield
washer tank filled. Replace your
windshield wiper inserts when they show
signs of streaking or missing areas on the
windshield, or when strips of rubber start
to separate from the inserts.
Driving too fast through large water
puddles or even going through some car
washes can cause problems, too. The
water may affect your brakes. Try to
avoid puddles. But if you can’t, try to
slow down before you hit them.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. So much
water can build up under your tires that
they can actually ride on the water. This
can happen if the road is wet enough and
you’re going fast enough. When your
vehicle is hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
Hydroplaning doesn’t happen often. But it
can if your tires haven’t much tread or if
the pressure in one or more is low. It can
happen if a lot of water is standing on the
road. If you can see reflections from trees,
telephone poles, or other vehicles, and
raindrops “dimple’’ the water’s surface,
there could be hydroplaning.
135.
Your Driving andthe Road
Hydroplaning usually happens at higher
speeds. There just isn’t a hard and fast
rule about hydroplaning. The best advice
is to slow down when it is raining.
Some Other Rainy Weather Tips
0 Turn on your low-beam headlights not just your parking lights - to help
make you more visible to others.
0 Besides slowing down, allow some
extra following distance. And be
especially careful when you pass
another vehicle. Allow yourself more
clear room ahead, and be prepared to
have your view restricted by road
spray.
0 Have good tires with proper tread
depth. (See “Tires” in the Index.)
.. .136
Treat a green light as a warning signal.
A traffic light is there because the
corner is busy enough to need it.
When a light turns green, and just
before you start to move, check both
ways for vehicles that have not
cleared the intersection or may be
running the red light.
City Driving
One of the biggest problems with city
streets is the amount of traffic on them.
You’ll want to watch out for what the
other drivers are doing and pay attention
to traffic signals.
Here are ways to increase your safety in
city driving:
Know the best way to get to where
you are going. Get a city map and plan
your trip into an unknown part of the
city just as you would for a
cross-country trip.
Try to use the freeways that rim and
crisscross most large cities. You’ll
save time and energy. (See the next
section, “Freeway Driving.”)
Freeway Driving
Mile for mile, freeways (also called
thruways, parkways, expressways,
turnpikes, or superhighways) are the
safest of all roads. But they have their
own special rules.
The most important advice on freeway
driving is: Keep up with traffic and keep
to the right. Drive at the same speed most
of the other drivers are driving.
Too-fast
or too-slow driving breaks a smooth
traffic flow. Treat the left lane on a
freeway as a passing lane.
At the entrance there isusually a ramp
that leadsto the freeway. If you have a
clear view of tHe freeway as you drive
along the entrdnce ramp, you should
3egin to checktraffic. Try to determine
where you expect to blend with the flow.
Try to merge into the gap at close tothe
prevailing speed. Switch on your turn
signal, check your mirrors and glance
wer your shoulder as often as necessary.
Iiy to blend smoothly with the traffic
flow.
Once you are on the freeway, adjust
your speed to the posted limit or to the
prevailing rate if it’s slower. Stay in the
right lane unless you want to pass.
Before changing lanes, check your
mirrors. Then use your turn signal.
Just before you leave thelane, glance
quickly over your shoulder to make sure
there isn’t another vehicle in your “blind”
spot.
Once you are moving on the freeway,
make certain you allow a reasonable
following distance. Expect to move
slightly slower at night.
When you want to leave the freeway,
move to the proper lane well in advance.
If you miss yourexit donot, under any
circumstances, stop and back up. Drive
on to the next exit.
The exit rampcan be curved, sometimes
luite sharply. The exit speed is usually
losted. Reduce your speed according to
lour speedometer, not to your sense of
notion. After driving for any distance at
ligher speeds, you may tend to think you
we going slower than you actually are.
Before Leaving ona Long Trip
Make sure you’re i-eady. Try to be well
hted. If you must start when you’re not
iresh - such as after a day’s work jon’t plan to make too many miles that
first part of the journey. Wear comfortable
zlothing and shoes you can easily drive
Ln.
[s your vehicle ready for along trip? If
yob keep it serviced and maintained, it’s
ready to go. If it needs service, have it
done before starting out. Of course, you’ll
find experienced and able service experts
in Chevrolet dealerships all across North
America. They’ll be ready and willing to
help if you need it.
Here are some things you can check
before a trip:
0 Windshield Washer Fluid: Is the
reservoir full? Are all windows clean
inside and outside?
Your Driving and the Road
Wiper Blades: Are they in good
sleepy. Don’t let it happen to you! If it
shape?
does, your vehicle can leave the road in
less than a second, and you could crash
Fuel, Engine Oil,Other Fluids:
and
be injured.
Have you checked all levels?
Lights: Are they all working? Are the What can you do about highway
hypnosis? First, be aware that it can
lenses clean?
happen.
Tires: They are vitally important to a
Then here are some tips:
safe, trouble-free trip. Is the tread
good enough for long-distance
Make sure your vehicle is well
driving? Are the tires all inflated to
ventilated, with a comfortably cool
the recommended pressure?
interior.
e Weather Forecasts: What’s the
Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road
weather outlook along your route?
ahead and to the sides. Check your
Should you delay your trip a short
rearview mirrors and your instruments
time to avoid a major storm system?
frequently.
e Maps: Do you have up-to-date
If you get sleepy, pulloff the road into
maps?
a rest, service, orparking area and
take a nap, get some exercise, orboth.
Highway Hypnosis
For safety, treat drowsiness on the
Is there actually such a condition as
highway as an emergency.
“highway hypnosis”? Or is it just plain
falling asleepat the wheel? Call it
highway hypnosis, lack of awareness, or
whatever.
There is something about an easy stretch
of road with the same scenery, along with
the hum of the tires on the road, the drone
of the engine, and the rush of the wind
against the vehicle that can make you
. ..13%
Hill and Mountain
Roads
Driving on steep hills or mountains is
different from driving in flat or rolling
terrain. If you drive regularly in steep
:ountry, or if you’re planning to visit
there, here are some tips that can make
your trips safer and more enjoyable.
Keep your vehicle in good shape.
Check all fluid levels and also the
brakes, tires, cooling system and
transmission. These parts can work
hard on mountain roads.
Know how to go down hills. The most
important thing to know is this: let
your engine dosome of the slowing
down. Shift to a lower gear when you
go down a steep orlong hill.
I
If you don’tshift down, your brakes
could get so hot that they wouldn’t
work well. You would then havepoor
braking or even nonegoing down a
hill. You could crash. Shift downto
let your engineassist your brakes on
a steep downhill slope.
m
Know how to go uphill. You may
want to shift down to a lower gear.
The lower gears help cool your engine
and transmission, and you can climb
the hill better.
Stay in your own lane when driving
on two-lane roads in hills or
mountains. Don’t swing wide or cut
across the center of the road. Drive at
speeds that let you stay in your own
lane.
As you go over the top of a hill, be
Winter Driving
alert. There could be something in
your lane, like a stalled car or an
Here are some tips for winter driving:
accident.
0 Have your Chevrolet in good shape
You may see highway signs on
for winter. Be sure your engine
mountains that warn of special
coolant mix is correct.
problems. Examples are long grades,
passing or no-passing zones, a falling
rocks area, or winding roads. Be alert
to these and take appropriate action.
139 ...
Your Driving and the Road
I
Driving on Snow or Ice
Most of the time, those places where your
tires meet the road probably havegood
traction.
However, if there is snow or ice between
your tires and the road, you can have a
very slippery situation. You’ll have a lot
less traction or “grip” and will need to be
very careful.
P.
:’
$;.,
;i”i
i
ii’
;i7:
0
,: : . .
You may want to put winter
emergency supplies in your vehicle.
Include an ice scraper, a small brush
or broom, a supply of windshield
washer fluid, a rag, some winter outer
clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight, a
red cloth, and a couple of reflective
warning triangles. And, if you will be
driving under severe conditions,
include a small bag of sand, a piece of
old carpet or a couple of burlap bags
to help provide traction. Be sure you
properly secure these items in your
vehicle.
... I 4 0
What’s the worst timefor this? “Wet ice.”
Very cold snow or ice can beslick and
hard to drive on. But wet ice canbe even
more trouble because it may offer the
least traction of all. You can get “wet ice”
when it’s about freezing (32°F; OOC) and
freezing rain begins to fall. Try to avoid
driving on wet ice until salt and sand
crews can get there.
Whatever the condition - smooth ice,
packed, blowing or loose snow - drive
with caution. If you have traction control,
keep the system on. It will improve your
ability to accelerate when driving on a
slippery road. Even though your vehicle
has a traction control system, you’ll want
to slow down and adjust your driving to
the road conditions. See “Acceleration
Slip Regulation (ASR) System” in the
Index.
If you don’t have the traction control
system, accelerate gently. Try not to break
the fragile traction. If you accelerate too
fast, the drive wheels will spin and polish
the surface under the tires even more.
Your anti-lock brakes improve your
ability to make a hard stop on a slippery
road. Even though you have the anti-lock
braking system, you’ll want to begin
stopping sooner than you would on dry
pavement. See “Anti-Lock” in the Index.
0 Allow greater following distance on
any slippery road.
0 Watch for slippery spots. The road
might be fine until you hit a spot that’s
covered with ice. On an otherwise
clear road, ice patches may appear in
shaded areas where the sun can’t
reach: around clumps of trees, behind
buildings, or under bridges.
Sometimes the surface of a curve or
an overpass may remain icy when the
surrounding roads are clear. If you see
a patch of ice ahead of you, brake
before you are on it. Try not to brake
while you’re actually on the ice, and
avoid sudden steering maneuvers.
You can run the engine to keep warrn, but
be careful.
If You’re Caught in a Blizzard
If you are stopped by heavy snow, you
could be in a serious situation. You should
probably stay with your vehicle unless
you know for sure that you are near help
and you can hike through the snow. Here
are some things to do to summon help and
keep yourself and your passengers safe:
Turn on your hazard flashers. Tie a red
cloth to your vehicle to alert police that
you’ve been stopped by the snow. Put on
extra clothing or wrap a blanket around
you. If you have no blankets or extra
clothing, make body insulators from
newspapers, burlap bags, rags, floor mats
- anything you can wrap around yourself
or tuck under your clothing to keep warm.
141
.
I
Your Driving andthe Road
Then, shut the engine off and close the
window almost all the way to preserve the
heat. Start the engine again and repeat this
only when you feel really uncomfortable
from the cold. But do it as little as
possible. Preserve the fuel as long as you
can. To help keep warm, you can get out
of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous
exercises every half hour or so until help
comes.
Run your engine only as long as you
must. This saves fuel. When you run the
engine, make it go a little faster than just
idle. That is, push the accelerator slightly.
This uses less fuel for the heat that you
get and it keeps the battery charged. You
will need a well-charged battery to restart
the vehicle, and possibly for signaling
later on with your headlights. Let the
heater run for awhile.
. . .142
Towing a Trailer
NOTICE:
Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result in costly
repairs not covered by your warranty.
To pull a trailer correctly, follow the
advice in this section, and see your
Chevrolet dealer for important
information about towing a trailer
with your vehicle.
Your vehicle can towa trailer if it is
equipped with the proper trailer towing
equipment. To identify what the vehicle
trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you
should read the information in “Weight
of the Trailer” that appears later in this
section. But trailering is different thanjust
driving your vehicle by itself. Trailering
means changes in handling, durability,
and fuel economy. Successful, safe
trailering takes correct equipment, and
it has to be used properly.
That’s the reason for this section. In it are
many time-tested, important trailering
tips and safety rules. Many ofthese are
important for your safety m d that of your
passengers. So please read this section
carefully before you pull a trailer.
t
Load-pulling components such as the
engine, transmission, rear axle, wheel
assemblies, and tires are forced to work
harder against the drag of the added
weight, The engine is required to operate
at relatively higher speeds and under
greater loads, generating extra heat.
What’s more, the trailer adds considerably
to wind resistance, increasing the pulling
requirements.
If You Do Decide to Pull a Trailer
If you do, here are some important points.
0 There are many different laws,
including speed limit restrictions,
having to do with trailering. Make
sure your rig will be legal, not only
where you live but also where you’ll
be driving. A good source for this
information can be state or provincial
police.
0 Consider using a sway control. You
can ask a hitch dealer about sway
controls.
0 Don’t tow a trailer at all during the
first 1,000 miles (1 600 km) your new
vehicle is driven. Your engine, axle or
other parts could be damaged.
Then, during the first 500 miles (800
km) that you tow a trailer, don’t drive
over 50 mph (80 km/h) and don’t
make starts at full throttle. This helps
your engine and other parts of your
vehicle wear in at the heavier loads.
Obey speed limit restrictions when
towing a trailer. Don’t drive faster
than the maximum posted speed for
trailers (or no more than 55 mph
(90 km/h)) to save wear on your
vehicle’s parts.
Three important considerations have to
do with weight:
also depend on any special equipment I
that you have on your vehicle.
You can ask your dealer for our
trailering information or advice, or
you can write us at:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Customer Assistance Department
P.O. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
In Canada, write to:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L l H 8P7
Weight of the Trailer
How heavy can a trailer safely be?
It should never weigh more than
1,500 pounds (680 kg) under normal
driving conditions. It should never
weigh more than 1,000 pounds
(450 kg) when driven on long grades
at high ambient temperatures. But
even that can be too heavy.
It depends on how you plan to use
your rig. For example, speed, altitude,
road grades, outside temperature and
how much your vehicle is used to pull
a trailer are all important. And, it can
143.
..
Your Driving and the Road
A
B
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
The tongue load (A) of any trailer is
an important weight to measure
because it affects the totalcapacity
weight of your vehicle. The capacity
weight includes thecurb weight of the
vehicle, any cargo you may carry init.
and the people who will be riding in
the vehicle. And if you will tow a
trailer, you must subtract thetongue
load from your vehicle’s capacity
weight because your vehicle will be
carrying that weight, too. See
“Loading Your Vehicle” in the Index
for more information about your
vehicle’s maximum load capacity.
If you’re using a “dead-weight’’
hitch, the trailer tongue (A) should
..I44
weight 10% of the total loaded trailer
weight (B). If you have a
“weight-distributing” hitch, the
trailer tongue (A) should weigh 12%
of the total loadedtrailer weight (B).
After you’ve loaded your trailer,
weigh the trailer and then thetongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be able
to get them right simply by moving
some items around in the trailer.
Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s Tires
Be sure your vehicle’s tires are
inflated to the limitfor cold tires.
You’ll find these numbers on the
Certification label at the rear edge of
the driver’s door or see “Loading Your
Vehicle in the Index. Then be sure
you don’t go over the GVW limit for
your vehicle.
”
Hitches
It’s important to have the correct hitch
zquipment. Crosswinds, large trucks
going by, and rough roads area few
reasons why you’ll need the right hitch.
Here are some rules to follow:
Will you have to make any holes in
the body of your vehicle when you
install a trailer hitch? If you do, then
be sure to seal the holes later when
you remove the hitch. If you don’t
seal them, deadly carbon monoxide
(CO) from your exhaust can getinto
your vehicle (see “Carbon Monoxide”
in the Index). Dirt and watercan, too.
The bumpers on your vehicle are not
intended for hitches. Do not attach
rental hitches or other bumper-type
hitches to them. Use only a
frame-mounted hitch that does not
attach to the bumper.
Safety Chains
You should always attach chains between
your vehicle and your trailer. Cross the
safety chdins underthe tongue of the
trailer so that the tongue will notdrop to
the road if it becomes separated from the
hitch. Instructions about safety chains
may be provided by the hitch
manufacturer or by the trailer
manufacturer. Follow the manufacturer’s
recommendation for attaching safety
chains. Always leave just enough slack so
you can turn with your rig. And, never
allow safety chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
If your trailer weighs more than 1,000
pounds (450 kg) loaded, then it needs its
own brakes - and they must be adequate.
Be sure to read and follow the instructions
for the trailer brakes so you’ll be able to
install, adjust and maintain them properly.
Because you have anti-lock brakes, do not
try to tap into your vehicle’s brake
system. If you do, both brake systems
won’t work well, or at all.
Driving with a Trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain amount
of experience. Before setting out for the
open road, you’ll want to get to know
your rig. Acquaint yourself with the feel
of handling and braking with the added
weight of the trailer. And always keep in
mind that the vehicle you are driving is
now a good deal longer and not nearly so
responsive as your vehicle is by itself.
Before you start, check the trailer hitch
and platform, safety chains, electrical
connector, lights, tires and mirror
adjustment. If the trailer has electric
brakes, start your vehicle and trailer
moving and then apply the trailer brake
controller by hand to be sure the brakes
are working. This lets you check your
electrical connection at the same time.
During your trip, check occasionally to be
sure that the load is secure, and that the
lights and any trailer brakes are still
working.
Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when driving
your vehicle without a trailer. This can
help you avoid situations that require
heavy braking and sudden turns.
Passing
You’ll need more passing distance up
ahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,
because you’re a good deal longer, you’ll
need to go much farther beyond the
passed vehicle before you can return to
your lane.
Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel
with one hand. Then, to move the trailer
to the left, just move that hand to the left.
To move the trailer to the right, move
your hand to the right. Always back up
slowly and, if possible, have someone
guide you.
Making Turns
When you’re turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal. Do this so your
trailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs,
road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid
jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well in
advance.
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has
to have a different turn signal flasher and
extra wiring. The green arrows on your
instrument panel will flash whenever you
signal a turn or lane change. Properly
hooked up, the trailer lights will also
flash, telling other drivers you’re about to
turn, change lanes or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows
Dn your instrument panel will flash for
turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out. Thus, you may think drivers
behind you are seeing your signal when
they are not. It’s important to check
occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs
are still working.
145.
I
Your Driving andthe Road
Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
before you start down a long or steep
downgrade. If you don’t shift down, you
might have to use your brakes so much
that they would get hot and no longer
work well.
On a long uphill grade, shift down and
reduce your speed to around 45 mph
(70 kmh) to reduce the possibility of
engine and transmission overheating.
If you are towing a trailer and you
have an automatic transmission with
Overdrive, you may prefer to drive in “ D ’
instead of Overdrive (or, as you need to,
a lower gear). Or, if you have a manual
transmission with fifth (or sixth) gear
and you are towing a trailer, it’s better
not to use fifth (or sixth) gear. Just drive
in fourth gear (fifth gear if you have a
six-speed manual transmission) (or, as you
need to, a lower gear).
Parking on Hills
You really should not park your vehicle,
with a trailer attached, on a hill. If
something goes wrong, your rig could
start to move. People can beinjured, and
. . ,146
both your vehicle and the trailer can be
damaged.
But if you ever have to park your rig on a
hill, here’s how to do it:
1. Apply your regular brakes, but don’t
shift into “ P ’ (Park) yet, or into gear
for a manual transmission.
2. Have someone place chocks under the
trailer wheels.
3. When the wheel chocks are in place,
release the regular brakes until the
chocks absorb the load.
4. Reapply the regular brakes. Then
apply your parking brake, and then
shift to “P” (Park), or “R” (Reverse)
for a manual transmission.
5. Release the regular brakes.
When You Are Ready to Leave after
Parking on a Hill
1. Apply your regular brakes and hold
the pedal down while you:
Start your engine;
0 Shift into a gear; and
Release the parking brake.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear
of the chocks.
4. Stop ahd have someone pick up and
store the chocks.
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Your vehicle will need service more often
when you’re pulling a trailer. See the
Maintenance Schedule for more on this.
Things that are especially important in
trailer operation are automatic
transmission fluid (don’t overfill), engine
oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling system,
and brake adjustment. Each of these is
covered in this manual, and the Index will
help you find them quickly. If you’re
trailering, it’s a good idea to review these
sections before you start your trip.
Check periodically to see that all hitch
nuts and bolts are tight.
Part 5
Problems on the Road
I'
H e r e you'll find what todo
about some problems that can
occur on the road.
J
HazardWarning Flashers ...........................................
Jumpstarting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TowingYourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineoverheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IfaTireGoesFlat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If You're Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
148
149
152
157
166
177
147
.
Problems on the Road
Hazard Warning
Flashers
Your hazard warning flashers let you
warn others. They also let police know
you have a problem. Your front and rear
turn signal lights will flash on and off.
. ,148
’ress the button in to make your front anti ’ Ib turn off the flashers, pull out on the
ear turn signal lights flash on and off.
C ol 1ar.
VVhen the hazard warning flashers are on,
(our hazard warning flashers work no
natter what position your key is in, and
Y our turn signals won’t work.
ven if the key isn’t in.
CIther Warning Devices
11f you carry reflective triangles, you can
SIet one up at the side of the road about
300 feet (100 m) behind your vehicle.
Jump Starting
If your battery has run down, you may
want to use another vehicle and some
jumper cables to start your Chevrolet. But
please follow the steps below to do it
safely.
NOTICE:
Ignoring these steps could result in
costly damage to your vehicle that
wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.
Trying to start your Chevrolet by
pushing or pulling it could damage
your vehicle, even if you have a
manual transmission. And if you
have an automatic transmission, it
won’t start that way.
To Jump Start Your Chevrolet:
1. Check the other vehicle. It must have
a 12-volt battery with a negative
ground system.
NOTICE:
other. If they are, it could cause a
ground connection you don’t want.
You wouldn’t be able to start your
Chevrolet, and the bad grounding
could damage the electrical systems.
3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles.
Turn off all lights that aren’t needed,
and radios. This will avoid sparks and
help save both batteries. And it could
save your radio!
NOTICE:
If you leave your radio on, it could be’
badly damaged. The repairs wouldn’t
be covered by your warranty.
4. Open the hoods and locate the
batteries.
If the other system isn’t a 12-volt
system with a negative ground, both
vehicles can be damaged.
2. Get the vehicles close enough so the
jumper cables can reach, but be sure
the vehicles aren’t touching each
149 ...
Problems on the Road
Find the positive (+>and negative (-j
terminals on each battery.
. . .150
5. Check that the jumper cables don’t
have loose or missing insulation. If
they do, you could get a shock. The
vehicles could be damaged,too.
Before you connect the cables, here
are some basic things you should
know. Positive (+) will go to positive
(+) and negative (-) will go to
negative (-j or a metal engine part.
Don’t connect (+) to (-) or you’ll get a
short that would damage the battery
and maybe other parts, too.
6. Connect the red positive (+) cable to
7. Don‘t let the other end touch metal.
the positive (+) terminal of the vehicle
Connect it to the positive (+) terminal
with the dead battery. Use a remote
of the good battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the vehicle
positive (+) terminal if the vehicle
has one.
has one. But don’t use the junction
block on your Chevrolet.
a.
Now connect the black negative (-)
cable to the good battery’s negative
(-) terminal.
Don’t let the other end touch anything
until the next step. The other end of
the negative cable doesn’t go to the
dead battery. It goes to a heavy
unpainted metal part on the engine of
the vehicle with the dead battery.
151 . ,
Problems on the Road
A
9. Attach the cable at least 18 inches
(45 cm) away from the dead battery,
but not near engine parts that move.
The electrical connection is just as
good there, but the chance of sparks
getting back to the battery is much
less.
0. Now start the vehicle with the good
battery and run the engine for a
while.
- .152
1. Try to start the vehicle with the dead
battery.
If it won't start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
2. Remove the cables in reverse order
to prevent electrical shorting. Take
care that they don't touch each other
or any other metal.
A. Heavy Metal Engine Part
B. GoodBattery
c. DeadBattery
I Towing Your Vehicle
?y to have a GM dealer or a professional
]wing service tow your Chevrolet. The
sua1 towing equipment is a sling-type
A) or a wheel-lift (B) or car carrier
(C)
3w truck.
f your vehicle has been changed or
nodified since it was factory-new by
Idding aftermarket items like fog lamps,
Lero skirting, orspecial tires and wheels,
hese instructions and illustrations may
tot be correct.
3efore you do anything, turn on the
lazard warning flashers.
When you call, tell the towing service:
0 That your vehicle cannot be towed
from the front or rear with sling-type
equipment.
That your vehicle has rear-wheel
drive.
0 The make, model, and year of your
vehicle.
0 Whether you can still move the shift
lever.
0 If there was an accident, what was
damaged.
When the towing service arrives, let the
tow operator know that this manual
contains detailed towing instructions and
illustrations. The operator may want to
see them.
153
.
I I
.
Problems on the Road
When your vehicle is being towed, have
the ignition key off. The steeringwheel
should be clamped in a straight-ahead
position, with a clamping device designed
for towing service. Do not use the
vehicle’s steering column lock for this,
The transmission should be in “Neutral”
and the parking brake released.
Don’t have your vehicle towed on the rear
wheels, unless you must. If the vehicle
must be towed on the rear wheels, don’t
go more than 35 mph (55 km/h) or
farther than 50 miles (80 km) or your
transmission will be damaged. If these
limits must be exceeded, then the rear
wheels have to be supported on a dolly.
?ront Towing Hook-Ups
Ittach T-hook chains to slotsin frame
*earwardof front wheels on both sides.
NOTICE:
Do not attach winch cables or “J”
hooks to suspension components
when using car carrier equipment.
Always use T-hooks inserted in the
T-hook slots.
. . .154
NOTICE:
Towing a vehicle over rough surfaces
could damage a vehicle. Damage
can occur from vehicle-to-ground
or vehicle-to-wheel-lift-equipment
contact. To help avoid damage,
install a towing dolly and raise
vehicle until adequate clearance is
obtained between the groundand/or
wheel-lift equipment.
NOTICE:
Attach a separate safety chain around
outboard end of each lower control arm.
Do not tow with sling-type equipment or fascia/foglight damage will
occur.
Use wheel lift or car carrier equipment. Additional ramping may be
required for car carrier equipment.
Use safety chains and wheel straps.
I
I
NOTICE:
Take care not to damage the brake
pipes and hoses or the ABS sensor
and wiring.
155 ...
Problems on the Road
I
I
I
Rear Towing Hook-Ups
Attach T-hook chains in front of rear
wheels in bottom of frame rail on both
sides.
NOTICE:
Do not attach winch cables or "J"
hooks to suspension components
when using car carrier equipment.
Always use T-hooks inserted in the
T-hook slots.
. . .156
NOTICE:
Do not tow with sling-type equipment or rear bumper valance will be
damaged.
Use wheel lift or car carrier equipment. Additional ramping may be
required for car carrier equipment.
Use safety chains and wheel straps.
4ttach a separate safety chain around
jutboard end of the rear axle.
NOTICE:
Take care not to damage the brake
pipes and cables.
NOTICE:
If Steam Is Coming fromYour Engine:
Towing a vehicle over rough
surfaces could damage a vehicle.
Damage can occur from vehicleto-ground or vehicle-to-wheel-liftequipment contact. To help avoid
damage, install a towing dolly
and raise vehicle until adequate
clearance is obtained between the
ground and/or wheel-liftequipment.
Engine Overheating
You will find a coolant temperature gage
Dn your Chevrolet’s instrument panel.
You may also find a low coolant warning
light on your Chevrolet instrument panel.
157..
.
Problems on the Road
NOTICE:
If your engine catches fire because
you keep driving with no coolant,
your vehicle can be badlydamaged.
The costly repairs would not be
covered by your warranty.
If No Steam Is Coming fromYour
Engine:
If you get the overheat warning but see or
hear no steam, the problem may not be
too serious. Sometimes the engine can gel
a little too hot when you:
0 Climb a long hill on a hot day.
0 Stop after high speed driving.
0 Idle for long periods in traffic.
Tow a trailer.
If you get the overheat warning with no
sign of steam, try this for a minute or so:
1. If you have an air conditioner, turn it
off.
2. Turn on your heater to full hot at the
highest fan speed and openthe
window as necessary.
. . .158
3. Tr! to keep your engine under load
(in a drive gear where the engine runs
slower).
[f you no longer have the overheat
warning, you can drive. Just to be safe,
drive slower for about ten minutes. If the
warning doesn’t come back on, you can
drive normally.
[f the warning continues, pull over, stop,
and park your vehicle right away.
If there’s still no sign of steam, you can
idle the engine for two or three minutes
while you’re parked, to see if the warning
stops. But then, if you still have the
warning, TURN OFF THE ENGINE
AND GET EVERYONE OUT OF THE
VEHICLE until itcools down.
You may decide not to lift the hood but to
get service help right away.
Cooling System
When you decide it’s safe to lift the hood,
here’s what you’ll see on the V6 engine:
1. Coolant recovery tank
2. Radiator pressure cap
3. Electric engine fan
I I
A CAUTION:
Heater and radiator hoses, and other
engine parts, can be very hot. Don’t
touch them. If you do, you can be
On the V8 engine you’ll see this:
1. Coolant recovery tank
2. Radiator pressure cap
3. Electric engine fans
A CAUTION:
An electric fanunder the hood can
start up even when the engine is not
running and can injure you. Keep
hands, clothingand tools away from
any underhood electric fan.
If the coolant inside the coolant recovery
tank is boiling, don’t do anything else
until it cools down.
When it is cool, remove the coolant
recovery tank cap and look at the dipstick.
The coolant level should be at or above
“FULL COLD.” If it isn’t, you may have
a leak in the radiator hoses, heater hoses,
radiator, water pump or somewhere else
in the cooling system.
burned.
Don’t run the engineif there is a
leak. If you run the engine, it could
lose all coolant. That could
cause an
engine fire, and you could be burned.
Get any leak fixed beforeyou drive
the vehicle.
NOTICE:
Engine damage from running your
engine without coolant isn’t covered
by your warranty.
I
If there seems to be no leak, check to see
if the electric engine fan is running. If the
engine is overheating, the fan should be
running. I f it isn’t, your vehicle needs
service.
159.
I
Problems an the Road
When the coolant in the coalant recovery
tank is at or above the “FULL GOLD”
mark, .start your vehicle.
If the overheat warning continues, there’s
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant
Recovery Bank
If yon .haven’t founda problem yet, but
the COOhint level isn’t atur above the
“FULL COLD” mark, add a 50/50
mixture of clew wata(preferably
distilled) and a proper antifreeze at the
coolant‘rtyxweryta&. (see “~nginef
Coolant” in the Index for more information about the prop coolaat mix.)
... I 6 0
c
I
I
NOTICE:
In cold weather, water can freeze and
crack the engine, radiator, heater core
and other parts. Use the warnmended coolant.
one more thing you can try. You can add
the proper coolant mix directly to the
radiator, but be sure the cooling system is
cool before you do it.
How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
(3.4L L32 (Code S) Engine)
1. You can remove the radiator pressure
cap when the cooling system,
including the radiator pressure cap ant
upper radiator hose, is no longer hot.
Turn the pressure cap slowly to the
left until it first stops. (Don’t press
down while turning the pressure cap.)
If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop
A hiss means there is still some
pressure left.
2. Then keep turning the pressure cap,
but now push down as you turn it.
Remove the pressure cap.
161
..
Problems on the Road
3. Fill the radiator with the proper mix,
up to the base of the filler neck.
. . .I62
4. Then fill the coolant recovery tank to
“FULL COLD.”
5. Put the cap back on the coolant
recovery tank, but leave the radiator
pressure capoff.
How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
(5.7L LTl (Code P) Engine)
~
NOTICE:
The LTl engine (Code P) has a
specific radiator fill procedure.
Failure to follow this procedure
could cause your engine to overheat
and be severely damaged.
6. Start the engine and let it run until
you can feel the upper radiator hose
getting hot. Watch out for the engine
fan(s).
7. By this time the coolant level inside
the radiator fillerneck may be lower.
If the level is lower, add more of the
proper mix through the filler neck
until the level reaches the base of the
filler neck.
8. Then replace the pressure cap. At any
time during this procedure if coolant
begins to flow out of the filler neck,
reinstall the pressure cap. Be sure the
arrows on the pressure cap line up like
this.
163 ...
Problems on the Road
1. You can remove the radiator pressure
cap when the cooling system,
including the radiator pressure capanc
upper radiator hose, is no longer hot.
Turn the pressure cap slowly to the
left until it first stops. (Don’t press
down while turning the pressure cap.)
If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop
A hiss means there is still some
pressure left.
~.Then keep turning the pressure cap,
but now push down as you turn it.
Remove the pressure cap.
3. After the engine cools, open the air
bleed valves on the heater return hose
and water pump inlet.
.. .164
4. Fill with the proper mix. Add coolant
until you see a steady stream of
coolant coming from the bleed valves.
5. Close the bleed valves.
6. Continue to fill the radiator up to the
base of the filler neck.
7. Rinse or wipe the spilled coolant from
the engine and compartment.
3. Start the engine and allow it to run in
idle for approximately four minutes.
By this time, the coolant level inside
the radiator will be lower. Add more
of the proper mix through the filler
neck until the level reaches the base of
the filler neck.
165
...
Problems on the Road
If Q Tire Goes Flat
3. Shut the engine off and replace the
pressure cap. Be sure thearrows on
the cap line up like this.
.. ,166
10. Then fill the coolant recovery tank
to the proper level.
For a complete drain, flush and refill,
see your Chevrolet dealer or aChevrolet
Camaro Service Manual. To purchase a
service manual, see “Service
Publications’’ in the Index.
It’s unusual for a tire to “blow out” while
you’re driving, especially if you maintain
your tires properly. If air goesout of a
tire, it’s much more likely to leak out
slowly. But if you should ever have a
“blowout,’’ here are a few tips about what
to expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire will create
a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that
side. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly.
Steer to maintain lane position, then
gently brake to a stopwell out of the
traffic lane.
A rear blowout, particularly on a curve,
acts much like a skid and may require the
same correction you’d use in a skid. In
any rear blowout, remove your foot from
the accelerator pedal. Get the vehicle
under control by steering the way you
want the vehicle to go. It may be very
bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer.
Gently brake to a stop, well off the road
if possible.
If your tire goes flat, the next section
shows how to use your jacking equipment
to change aflat tire safely.
Changing a Flat lire
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and
wheel damage by driving slowly to a level
place. Turn on your hazard warning
flashers.
The following steps will tell you howto
use the jack and change a tire.
The equipment you’ll need is in the rear
area.
First you must remove the close-out
panel. See “Close-Out Panel” in the
Index.
Find the plastic screw heads in the trim
panel over the spare tire. Use a coin or a
key to turn the screw heads untilthe slots
point front and back. Liftthe trim panel
and move it out of the way.
167..
Problems on the Road
A
.
.
'
To remove the jack and wheel wrench,
loosen and remove the bolt and remove
the plastic cover.
. . .I68
....
Remove the wing nut and adapter and
pull out the spare.
Start with thejack (A) and wheel wrench
(B).
The jackhas a boltat the end. Attach the
wheel wrench to the jackbolt.
Turn the wheel wrench to theright to
raise the lift head a little.
If your wheel has a center cap,pry it off
using the wheel wrench.
If your vehicle has a bolt-on wheel cover,
loosen the plastic caps using the wheel
wrench and remove the wheel cover.
169 ...
Problems on the Road
‘
....
.,..
!
If your vehicle has optional alloy wheels, Using the wheel wrench, loosen all the
each wheel may have one locknut in place wheel nuts. Don’t remove them yet.
of the standard wheel nut. A special
wheel lock key (removal tool) and
instructions are located in the center
console. Attach the wheel lock key to the
socket of the wheel wrench. Remove the
locking wheel nut by turning
counterclockwise.
. . .I70
Position the jackunder the vehicle. There
is a notch in the vehicle’s rocker flange on
the coupe model. Raise the jack head until
it fits firmly into the notch nearest the flat
tire.
On convertible models, place the jack in a
similar location.
NOTICE:
Raising your vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned will damage
the vehicle or may allow the vehicle
to falloff the jack. Be sure to fit
the jacklift head into the proper
location before raising your vehicle.
I'
Stay away from the moldings or fender
flanges to avoid damaging them.
J
Raise the vehicle by rotating the wheel
wrench clockwise. Raise the vehicle far
enough off the ground so there is enough
room for the spare tire to fit.
171
..
Problems on the Road
Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel
bolts, mounting surfaces and spare whee:l.
Place the spare on the wheel mounting
surface.
Remove all the wheel nuts and take off
the flat tire.
A CAUTION:
Rust or dirt on the wheel, or on the
parts to which it isfastened, can
make the wheel nuts become loose
after a time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When you
change a wheel, remove any rust or
dirt from the places where the wheel
attaches to the vehicle.In an emergency, you can use a cloth or a papatowel to do this; but be sure to use a
scraper or wire brushlater, if you
need to, to get all therust or dirt off.
. . .172
Replace the wheel nuts with the rounded
end of the nuts toward the wheel. Tighten
each nut by hand until the wheel is held
against the hub.
Lower the vehicle by rotating the wheel
wrench counterclockwise. Lower the jack
completely.
Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a
criss-cross sequence as shown.
173..
Problems on the Road
Don’t try to put a wheel cover on your
compact spare tire. It won’t fit. Store the
wheel cover in the rear area until you
have the flat tire repaired or replaced.
.. ,174
NOTICE:
Wheel covers won’t fit on your compact spare. If you try to put a wheel
cover on your compact spare, you
could damage the cover orthe spare.
Replace the jack, wheel wrench and
flat tire using the storage instructions.
When you replace the trim panel, be
sure to tuck it under the weatherstrip.
1. TrimPanel
2. Bolt
3. Cover
4. Jack
5. WingNut
6. Adapter
7. Compact SpareTire
8. Full-Size Tire
9. CarpetFlap
10. Tire Storage Bolt
175
.
II .
Problems on the Road
NOTICE:
NOTICE:
If the compact spare is used as a rear
tire, do not drive faster than 50 mph
(80 km/h). Damage to therear axle
may occur if the compact spare is
driven faster than 50 mph (80 km/h).
This speed limitation does not apply
when the compact spare is used as a
front tire.
Tire chains won’t fit your compact
spare. Using them will damage your
vehicle and destroy the chains too.
Don’t use tire chains on your compact spare.
Compact Spare Tire
Although the compact spare was fully
inflated when your vehicle was new, it
can lose air after a time. Check the
inflation pressure regularly. It should be
60 psi (420 Wa). After installing the
compact spare on your vehicle, you
should stop as soon as possible and make
sure your spare tire is correctly inflated.
The compact spare is made to perform
well at posted speed limits for distances
up to 3,000 miles (5 000 km). Of course,
it’s best to replace your spare with a
full-size tire as soon as you can. Your
spare will last longer and be in good
shape in case you need it again.
.. .176
NOTICE:
Don’t take your compact spare
through an automatic car wash with
guide rails. The compact spare can
get caught on the rails. That can damage the tire and wheel, and maybe
other parts of your vehicle.
Don’t use your compact spare on some
other vehicle.
And don’t mix your compact spare or
wheel with other wheels or tires. They
won’t fit. Keep your spare and its wheel
together.
If You’re Stuck: In
Sand, Mud, Ice or
Snow
What you don’t want to do when your
vehicle is stuck is to spin your wheels.
The method known as “rocking” can help
you get out when you’re stuck, but you
must use caution.
NOTICE:
Spinning your wheels can destroy
parts of your vehicle as well as the
tires. If you spin the wheels too fast
while shifting your transmission
back and forth, you can destroy
your transmission.
Rocking your vehicle to get it out:
First, turn your steering wheel left and
right. That will clear the area around
your front wheels. If your vehicle has
ASR, you should turn the system off,
(See “ASR System” in the Index.)
Then shift back and forth between “R”
(Reverse) and a forward gear (or with a
manual transmission, between First or
Second gear and Reverse), spinning the
wheels as little as possible. Release the
accelerator pedal while you shift, and
press lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear. If that
doesn’t get you out after a few tries, you
may need to be towed out. If you do
need to be towed out, see “Towing Your
Vehicle’’ in the Index.
177..
Problems on the Road
Part 0
Service & Appearance Care
H e r e you will find information
about the care of your
Chevrolet. This part begins with
service and fuel information.
and then it shows how to check
important fluid and lubricant
levels. There is also technical
information about your vehicle.
and a section devoted to its
appearance care.
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Things under the Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HoodRelease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EngineOil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aircleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Transmission Fluid .....................................
Manual Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RearAxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enginecoolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Steering Fluid ............................................
Windshield Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LoadingYourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appearancecare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appearance Care and Maintenance Materials ...........................
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Parts Identification Label ....................................
Add-on Electrical Equipment .......................................
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
180
181
184
184
187
191
194
196
197
197
198
200
201
202
204
205
212
214
220
226
227
227
227
227
231
232
179
...
Service and Appearance Care
AC1
GM
Service
Your Chevrolet dealer knows your vehicll
best and wants you to be happy with it.
We hope you’ll go to your dealer for all
your service needs. You’ll get genuine
GM parts and GM-trained and supported
service people.
We hope you’ll want to keep yourGM
vehicle all GM. Genuine GM parts have
one of these marks.
... I 8 0
Doing Your Own Service Work
If you want to do some of your own
service work, you’ll wantto get the
proper Chevrolet Service Manual. It tells
you much more about how to service your
Chevrolet than this manual can.To order
the proper service manual, see “Service
Publications” in the Index.
Your vehicle has an air bag system.
Before attempting to do your own service
work, see “Servicing Your Air Bag Equipped Chevrolet” in the Index.
You should keep a record with all parts
receipts and list the mileage and the date
of any service work you perform.See
“Maintenance Record” in the Index.
I NOTICE:
I
If you try to do your own service
work without knowing enough about
it, your vehicle could be damaged.
Fuel
The 8th digit of your Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN) shows
the code letter for your engine. You will
find the VIN at the top left of your
instrument panel. (See “Vehicle
Identification Number” in the Index.)
3.4L L32 (Code S)
Use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87
octane or higher. It should meet
specifications ASTM D4814 in the U.S.
and CGSB 3.5-92 in Canada. These fuels
should have the proper additives, so you
should not have to add anything to the
fuel.
In the U.S. and Canada, it’s easy to be
sure you get the right kind of gasoline
(unleaded). You’ll see “UNLEADED’
right on the pump. And only unleaded
nozzles will fit into your vehicle’s filler
neck.
I
Be sure the posted octane is at least 87. If
the octane is less than 87, you may get a
heavy knocking noise when you drive. If
it’s bad enough, it can damage your
engine.
If you’re using fuel rated at 87 octane or
higher and you still hear heavy knocking,
your engine needs service. But don’t
worry if you hear a little pinging noise
when you’re accelerating or driving up a
hill. That’s normal, and you don’t have to
buy a higher octane fuel to get rid of
pinging. It’s the heavy, constant knock
that means you have a problem.
5.7L LT1 (Code P)
Use premium unleaded gasoline rated at
91 octane or higher. You may use middle
grade or regular unleaded gasolines, but
your vehicle may not accelerate as well.
The gasoline you use should meet
specifications ASTM D4814 in the U.S.
and CGSB 3.5-92 in Canada. These fuels
should have the proper additives, so you
should not have to add anything to the
fuel.
[n the U.S. and Canada, it’s easy to be
sure you getthe right kind of gasoline
(unleaded). You ’11 see “UNLEADED’
right on the pump. And only unleaded
nozzles will fit into your vehicle’s filler
neck.
Be sure the posted octane for premium is
at least 91 (at least 89 for middle grade
and 87 for regular). If the octane is less
than 87, you may get a heavy knocking
noise when youdrive. If it’s bad enough,
it can damage your engine.
If you’re using fuel rated at 91 octane or
higher and you still hear heavy knocking,
your engine needs service. But don’t
worry if you hear a little pinging noise
when you’re accelerating or driving up a
hill. That’s normal and you don’thave to
buy a higher octane fuel to get rid of
pinging. It’s the heavy, constant knock
that means you have a problem.
181
...
1
e
Service and Appearance Care
All Engines
What about gasoline with blending
materials that contain oxygen
(oxygenates), such as MTBE or alcohol?
MTBE is “methyl tertiary-butyl ether.”
Fuel that is no more than 15% MTBE is
fine for your vehicle.
Ethanol is ethyl or grain alcohol.
Properly-blended fuel that is no more
than 10% ethanol is fine for your vehicle
Methanol is methyl or wood alcohol.
NOTICE:
Fuel that is more than 5% methanol
is bad for your vehicle. Don’t use it.
It can corrode metal parts in your fuel
system and also damage plastic and
rubber parts. That damage wouldn’t
be covered under your warranty. And
even at 5% or less, there must be
“cosolvents” and corrosion preventers in this fuel to help avoid these
problems.
.. .I82
Gasolines for Cleaner Air
Your use of gasoline with deposit control
additives will help prevent deposits from
forming in your engine and fuel system.
That helps keep yourengine in tune and
your emission control system working
properly. It’s goodfor your vehicle, and
you’ll be doing your part for cleaner air.
Many gasolines are now blended with
oxygenates. General Motors recommends
that you use gasolines with these blending
materials, such as MTBE and ethanol. By
doing so, you can help clean the air,
especially in those partsof the country
that have high carbon monoxide levels.
In addition, some gasoline suppliers are
now producing reformulated gasolines.
These gasolines are specially designed to
reduce vehicle emissions. General Motors
recommends that you use reformulated
zasoline. By doing so, you can help clean
:he air, especially in those partsof the
:ountry that have high ozone levels.
You should ask your service station
lperators if their gasolines contain deposit
:ontrol additives and oxygenates, and if
:hey have been reformulated to reduce
iehicle emissions.
Fuels in Foreign Countries
If you plan on driving in another country
outside the U.S. or Canada, unleaded fuel
may be hard to find. Do not use leaded
gasoline. If you use even one tankful,
your emission controls won’t work well
or at all. With continuous use, spark plugs
can get fouled, the exhaust system can
corrode, and your engine oil can
deteriorate quickly. Your vehicle’s oxygen
sensor will be damaged. Allof that means
costly repairs that wouldn’t be coveredby
your warranty.
To check on fuel availability, ask anauto
club, or contact a major oil company that
does business in the country whereyou’ll
be driving.
You can also write us at the following
address for advice. Just tell us where
you’re going and give your Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN).
Seneral Motors Overseas Distribution
Corporation
Vorth American Export Sales (NAES)
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Dshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Zanada
rhe cap is behind a hinged door on the
left side of your vehicle.
To take off the cap, turn it slowly to the
left (counterclockwise).
Be careful not to spill gasoline. Clean
gasoline from painted surfaces as soon as
?ossible. See “Cleaning the Outsideof
Your Chevrolet” in the Index.
When you put the cap back on, turn it to
the right until you hearat least three
:licks.
NOTICE:
If you need a new cap, be sure to get
Filling Your Tank
the right type. Your dealer can get
one for you. If you get the wrong
type, it may not fit and your fuel tank
and emissions system might be damaged.
183
...
Service and Appearance Care
I
n
~~
Checking Things under
the Hood
Hood Release
To open the hood, first pull the handle
inside the vehicle.
. .. I 8 4
Then go to the front of the vehicle and
pull up on the hood release.
Lift the hood.
L
3.4L L32 (Code S
When you open the hood you'll see:
1 . Battery
2. Engine Coolant Reservoir
3. Engine Oil Dipstick
4. Automatic Transmission Dipstick
(if equipped)
5. Air Cleaner
6.
7.
8.
9.
Oil Fill Cap
Brake Fluid Reservoir
Power Steering Reservoir
Windshield Washer Reservoir
10. Engine Fan
11. Clutch Fluid Reservoir (if equipped)
185
...
Service and Appearance Care
Before closing the hood, be sure all the
filler caps are on.
Then just pull the hood down and close
it firmly.
5.7L LT1 (Code P)
Vhen you open the hood you’ll see:
1. Battery
2. Engine Coolant Reservoir
3. Engine Oil Dipstick
4. Automatic Transmission Dipstick
(if equipped)
5. Air Cleaner
. . .186
6. Oil Fill Cap
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Brake Fluid Reservoir
Power Steering Reservoir
Windshield Washer Reservoir
Engine Fans
Clutch Fluid Reservoir (if equipped)
LOW OIL
Engine Oil
If the “LOW OIL” light on the instrument
panel comes on, it means you need to
check your engine oil level right away.
For more information, see “Low Oil
Light” in the Index. You should check
your engine oil level regularly; this is an
added reminder.
3.4L L32 (Code S)
It’s a good idea to check your engine oil
every time you get fuel. Inorder to get an
accurate reading, the oil must be warm
and the vehicle must be on level ground.
5.7L LTl (Code P)
rurn off the engine and give the oil a few
ninutes to drain back into the oil pan. If
rrou don’t, the oil dipstick might not show
he actual level.
187 ...
Service and Appearance Care
I
C
” ,
d
4
To Check Engine Oil
(3.4L L32 (Code S) Engine)
Pull out the dipstick and clean it witha
paper towel or cloth, then push it back in
all the way. Remove it again, keeping the
tip lower, and checkthe level.
...I88
To Check Engine Oil
(5.7LLTl (Code P) Engine)
Pull out the dipstick slightly. Pinchthe
end of the dipstick tube as you remove
the dipstick to wipe the oilfrom it. Then
push it all the way back in. Now remove
it without pinching the tube, keeping the
tip lower.
3.4L L32 (Code S)
When to Add Oil:
f the oil is at or below the “ADD” line,
hen you’ll need to add some oil. But you
nust use the right kind. This section
:xplains what kind of oil to use. For
:rankcase capacity, see “Capacities and
ipecifications” in the Index.
NOTICE:
Don’t add too much oil.If your engine
has so much oil that the oil level gets
above the cross-hatched area that shows
the proper operating range, your engine
could be damaged.
5.7L LT1 (Code P)
What Kind of Oil to Use:
Beginning midyear 1993, oils of the
lust fill it enough to put the level someproper quality for your vehicle will be
where in the proper operating range. Push
identified with this new “starburst”
:he dipstick all theway back in when you’re
symbol. The “starburst” symbol
:hrough.
indicates that the oil has been certified
by the American Petroleum Institute
(API), and is preferred for use in your
gasoline engine.
You should look for this on the front of
the oil container, and use only oils that
display this new symbol.
You should also use the proper
viscosity oil for your vehicle, as shown
in the following chart.
189..
.
Service a d Appearance Care
Recommended SAE Viscosity
Grade Engine Oils
For best fuel economy and cold starting,
select the lowest SAE viscosity grade oil
for the expectedtemperature range.
HOT
WEATHER
u)oKFoR
ONE OF THESE
LABELS
\
-
I
SAE CW-30
PREFERRED
COLD
WEATHER
IF NEITHER SAE 5W-M NOR SAL 10W.30
E, ME 30 GRADE
ORADE OIU ARE A\
MAY BE USED AT Ttmr~nnTURESABWE
40 DEGREES F (4 DEGREES C).
DONOTUSESAE1OW-40, SAE 2OW-50 OR
ANY OTHER GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED.
. . .I90
As shown in the chart, SAE 5W-30 is
best for your vehicle. However, you
can use SAE 1OW-30if it’s going to
be 0°F (-18°C) or above.
These numbers on an oil container
show its viscosity, or thickness. Do
not use other viscosity oils such as
SAE 1OW-40 or SAE 20W-50.
[f you cannot find oils with the new
‘starburst” symbol onthe front of the
;ontainer, you should lookfor and use
3ils containing the following three
:hings:
SH or SG
“SH’or “SG” must be on the oil
container , either by itself or
combined with other quality
designations, such as “SH/CD,”
“SH, SG, CD,” “SG/CD,” etc. These
letters show American Petroleum
Institute (API) levels of quality.
SAE 5W-30
Energy Conserving I1
Oils with these words on the
container will help you save fuel.
These three things are usually included
in a doughnut shaped logo (symbol) on
most containers. If you cannot find oils
with the “starburst” symbol, you should
look for oils with the doughnut shaped
symbol, containing the three things
noted above.
NOTICE:
If you use oils that do not have
either the “starburst” symbol or an
API SH or SG designation, you can
cause engine damage not covered
by your warranty.
GM Goodwrench@oil (in Canada, GM
Engine Oil) meets all the requirements
for your vehicle.
Engine Oil Additives:
Don’t add anything to your oil. Your
Chevrolet dealer is ready to advise if
you think something should be added.
When to Change Engine Oil:
See if any one of these is true for you:
0 Most trips are less than 4 miles
(6 km).
It’s below freezing outside and most
trips are less than 10 miles (16 km).
The engine is at low speed most of the
time (as in door-to-door delivery, or in
stop-and-go traffic).
0 You tow a trailer often.
@ Most trips are through dusty places.
your
If any one of these is true for
vehiclej then you need to change your oil
and filter every 3,000 miles (5 000 km) or
3 months - whichever comes first.
If none of them is true,change the oil
every 7,500 miles (12 500 km) or 12
months - whichever comes first. Change
the filter at the firstoil change and at
every other oil change after that.
Engine Coolant Heater (Engine Block
Heater):
An engine coolantheater can be a big
help if you have to park outside in very
cold weather, 0”F (- 18“C) or colder. If
your vehicle has this option, see“Engine
Coolant Heater” in the Index.
What to Do with Used Oil:
Did you know that used engine oil
contains elements that may be unhealthy
for your skin andcould even cause
cancer? Don’t let used oil stay on your
skin for very long. Clean your skin and
nails with soap and water, or a good hand
cleaner. Wash or properly throw away
clothing or rags containing used engine
oil. (See the manufacturer’s warnings
about the use and disposal of oil
products.)
Used oil can be a real threat to the
environment. If you change your own oil,
be sure to drain all free-flowing oil from
the filter before disposal. Don’t ever
dispose of oil by putting it in the trash,
pouring it on the ground, into sewers, or
into streams or bodies of water. Instead,
recycle it by taking it to a place that
collects used oil. If you have a problem
properly disposing of your used oil, ask
your dealer, a service station or a local
recycling center for help.
3.4L L32 (Code S
air Cleaner
tefer to the Maintenance Schedule to
letermine when to replace the air filter.
;ee “Scheduled Maintenance Services” ir
he Index.
191
...
Service and Appearance Care
NOTICE:
If the air cleaner is off, a backfire can
cause a damaging engine fire. And,
dirt can easily get into your engine,
which will damage it. Always have
the air cleaner in place when you’re
driving.
~~
5.7L LT1 (Code Pb
. . .192
Air Filter Replacement
To remove the air filter:
1. Remove the two plastic pins by
pulling them straight up.
2. Disconnect the plastic clamp on the
duct. Pull apart the connection.
3. Pull the air cleaner straightup.
Unclamp the metal clips.
4. Open the air cleaner and remove the
filter.
193 ...
Service and Appearance Care
Automatic Transmission FIuid
Wait at least 30 minutes before checking
the transmission fluid level if you have
been driving:
When to Check and Change:
When outside temperatures are above
A good time to check your automatic
90°F (32°C).
transmission fluid level is when the
engine oil is changed. Refer to the
0 At high speed for quite a while.
Maintenance Schedule to determine when 0 In heavy traffic - especially in hot
to change your fluid. See “Scheduled
weather.
Maintenance Services” in the Index.
While pulling a trailer.
How to Check:
To get the right reading, the fluid should
be at normal operating temperature,
Because this operation can be a little
which is 180°F to200°F (82°C to 93°C).
difficult, you may choose to have this
To check transmissionfluid hot: Get
done at a Chevrolet dealership Service
Department.
the vehicle warmed up by driving
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all about 15 miles (24 km) when outside
temperatures are above 50°F (10°C).If
the instructions here, or you could get a
it’s colder than 50°F (lO”C), drive the
false reading on the dipstick.
vehicle in “D” (Third Gear) until the
engine temperature gage moves and then
NOTICE:
remains steady for ten minutes. Then
follow the hot check procedures.
Too much or too little fluid can damTo check transmissionfluid cold: A cold
age your transmission. Too much can
check is made after the vehicle has been
mean that some of the fluid could
sitting for eight hours or more with the
come out and fall on hot engine parts
engine off and is usedonly as areference.
or exhaust system, starting a fire.Be
Let the engine run at idle for five minutes
sure to get an accurate reading if you
if outside temperatures are 50°F ( 10°C)
check your transmission fluid.
or more. If it’s colder than 50°F (lO”C),
you may have to idle the engine longer.
. . ,194
Should the fluid level be low during a
cold check, you must perform a hot check
before adding fluidThis will give you a
more accurate reading of the fluid level.
To check the fluid hotor cold:
Park your vehicle on a level place.
With the parking brake applied, place
the shift lever in “ P ’ (Park).
With your foot on the brake pedal,
move the shift lever through each gear
range, pausing for about three seconds
in each range. Then, position the shift
lever in “F’” (Park).
Let the engine run at idle for three
minutes or more.
3.4L L32 (Code S)
5.7L LT1 (Code P)
Then, without shutting off the engine,
2. Push it back in all the way, wait three
follow thesesteps:
seconds and then pull it back out
1. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a
again.
clean rag or paper towel.
3. Check both sides of the dipstick, and
read the lower level. The fluid level
a
must be in the “COLD’ area for cold
check or in the “HOT” area or
cross-hatched area for a hot check.
4. If the fluid level is in the acceptable
range, push the dipstick back in all the
way.
How to Add Fluid:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to
determine what kind of transmission fluid
to use. See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index.
195
...
Service and Appearance Care
If the fluid level is low, add only enough
of the proper fluid to bring the level upto
the “COLD’ area for a cold check or the
“HOT” area for a hot check. It doesn’t
take much fluid, generally less than a pint.
Don’t overfill. We recommend you use
only fluid labeled DEXRON@-III or
DEXRON@-IIE, because fluids with that
label are made especially for your
automatic transmission. Dama e caused
by fluid other than DEXRON -111 or
DEXRON@-IIE is not covered by your
new vehicle warranty.
After adding fluid, recheck the fluid
level as described under “How to
Check.”
When the correct fluid level is
obtained, push the dipstick back in all
the way.
D
Manual TransmissionFluid
How to Check:
Because this operation can be difficult,
you may choose to have this done at a
Chevrolet dealership Service Department.
If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all
the instructions here, or you could get a
false reading.
, .196
How to Add Fluid:
Too much or too little fluid can
damage your transmission. Too much
can mean that some of the fluid could
come out and fall on hot engine parts
or exhaust system, starting a fire. Be
sure to get an accurate reading if you
check your transmission fluid.
Check the fluid level only when your
engine is off, the vehicle is parked on a
level place and the transmissionis cool
enough for you to rest your fingers on the
transmission case.
Then, follow these steps:
1. Remove the filler plug.
2. Check that the lubricant level is up to
the bottom of the filler plug hole.
3. If the fluid level is good, install the
plug and be sure it is fully seated. If
the fluid level is low, add more fluid
as described in the next steps.
Here’s how to addfluid. Refer to the
Maintenance Schedule to determine what
kind of fluid to use. See “Recommended
Fluids and Lubricants” in the Index.
1. Remove the filler plug.
2. Add fluid at the filler plug hole. Add
only enough fluid to bring thefluid
level up to the bottom of the filler
plug hole.
3. Install the filler plug. Be sure the plug
is fully seated.
When to Check and Whatto Use:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to
determine how often you should check
the fluid level in your clutch master
cylinder reservoir and for the proper fluid.
See “Owner Checks and Services” and
“Recommended Fluids and Lubricants”
in the Index.
Hydraulic Clutch
The hydraulic clutch in your vehicle is
self-adjusting. The clutch master cylinder
reservoir is filled with hydraulic clutch
fluid.
It isn’t a good idea to “top off’ your
clutch fluid. Adding fluid won’t correct a
leak.
A fluid loss in this system could indicate
a problem. Have the system inspected and
repaired.
How to Check:
The proper fluid should be addedif the
level is below the “STEP” mark on the
reservoir. See the instructions on the
reservoir cap.
Rear Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to
determine how often to check the
lubricant and when to change it. See
“Periodic Maintenance Inspections’’ in
the Index.
How to Check Lubricant:
If the level is below the bottom of the
filler plug hole, you’ll need to add some
lubricant. Add enough lubricant to raise
the level to the bottom of the filler plug
hole.
What to Use
Standard Differential
Use Axle Lubricant (GM Part No.
1052271) or SAE 80W-90 GL-5 gear
lubricant.
Limited-Slip Differential
To add lubricant when the level is low,
use Axle Lubricant (GM Part No.
105227 1 ) or SAE 80W-90 GL-5 gear
lubricant. To completely refill after
draining, add 4 ounces (1 18 ml) of
Limited-Slip Differential Additive
(GM Part No. 1052358). Then fill to the
bottom of the filler plug hole with Axle
Lubricant (GM Part No. 12345977) or
SAE 80W-90 GL-5 gear lubricant.
197 ...
Service and Appearance Care
Engine Coolant
The following explains your cooling
system and how to add coolant when it
is low. If you have a problem with
engine overheating or if you need to add
coolant to your radiator, see “Engine
Overheating” in the Index.
The proper coolant for your Chevrolet
will:
0 Give freezing protection down to
-34°F (-37°C).
Give boiling protection up to 262°F
(128°C).
Protect against rust and corrosion.
0 Help keep the proper engine
temperature.
Let the warning lights work as they
should.
What to Use:
Use a mixture of one-half clean water
(preferably distilled) and one-half
antifreeze that meets “GM Specification
1825M,” which won’t damage aluminum
parts. You can also use a recycled coolant
conforming to GM Specification 1825M
with a complete coolant flush and refill.
.. . I 9 8
If you use this mixture, you don’t needto
add anything else.
NOTICE:
If you use an improper coolant mix,
your engine could overheat and be
badly damaged. The repair cost
wouldn’t be covered by your warranty. Too much water in the mix can
freeze and crack the engine, radiator,
heater core and other parts.
Adding Coolant
To Check Coolant: When your engine is
cold, check the dipstick on the cap of the
coolant recovery tank. The coolant level
should be at “COLD,” or a little higher.
When your engine is warm, the level on
the dipstick should be up to “HOT,” or a
little higher.
If you have the 5.7L LTI (Code P) engine
and this light comes on, it means you’re
low on engine coolant.
To Add Coolant to the Recovery Tank:
If you need more coolant, add the proper
mix at the coolant recovery tank, but only
when your engine is cool. If the tank is
very low or empty, also add coolant to the
radiator, see “Engine Overheating” in the
Index for information.
199 ...
Service and Appearance Care
e\ CAUTION:
Turning the radiator pressure cap
when the engine and radiator
are hot
can allow steam and scalding liquids
to blow out and burn you badly.
Never turn the pressurecap -even a
little - when the engine and radiator
are hot.
Add coolant mix at the recovery tank, bul
be careful not to spill it.
A CAUTION:
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts. Coolant
contains ethyleneglycol, and it will
bum if the engineparts are hot
enough. Don't spill coolant on a
hot engine.
. . .200
Radiator Pressure Cap (All Engines)
NOTICE:
Your radiator cap is a 18 psi
(1 24 kPa) pressure-type cap and
must be tightly installed to prevent
coolant loss and possible engine
damage from overheating. Be sure
the arrows on the cap line up with
the overflow tube on the radiator
filler neck.
When you replace your radiator pressure
cap, an AC@ cap is recommended.
Thermostat
Engine coolant temperature is controlled
by a thermostat in the engine coolant
system. The thermostat stops the flow of
coolant through the radiator until the
coolant reaches a preset temperature.
When you replace your thermostat, an
AC@thermostat is recommended.
f
I
I
3.4L L32 (Code S)
Power Steering Fluid
How to Check Power Steering Fluid:
Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick
with a clean rag. Replace the cap and
completely tighten it. Then remove the
cap again and look at the fluid level on
the dipstick.
n
5.7L LTl (Code P)
0
0
When the engine compartment is hot,
the level should be at the “H” or
“HOT” mark.
When the engine compartment is cool,
the level should be at the “C” or
“FULL COLD” mark.
w1hat to Add:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to
del:ermine what kind of fluid to use. See
“R ecommended Fluids and Lubricants”
in the Index.
I
/intishield Washer Fluid
Add:
pen the cap labeled “WASHER FLUID
NLY.” Add washer fluid until the bottle
3
full.
NOTICE:
When adding power steering fluid or
making a complete fluid change,
always use the proper fluid. Failure
to use the proper fluid can cause
leaks and damage hoses and seals.
201
...
Service and Appearance Care
r
NOTICE:
0
When using concentrated washer
fluid, follow the manufacturer’s
instructions for addingwater.
0
Don’t mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid. Water
can cause the solution to freeze
and damage your washer fluid
tank and other parts of the washer
system. Also, water doesn’t clean
as well as washer fluid.
0
Fill your washer fluid tank only
314 full when it’s very cold. This
allows for expansion, which could
damage the tank if it is completely
full.
0
Don’t use radiator antifreeze in
your windshield washer. It can
damage your washer system and
paint.
. . .1u1
#
So, it isn’t a good idea to “top off’ your
brake fluid. Adding brake fluid won’t
correct a leak. If you add fluid when your
linings are worn, then you’ll have too
much fluid when you get new brake
linings. You should add (or remove)
brake fluid, as necessary, only when work
is done on the brake hydraulic system.
I3rake Masfer Cylinder
E‘our brake master cylinder is here. It is
fidled with DOT-3 brake fluid.
T‘here are only two reasons why the brake
flluid level in your master cylinder might
go down. The first is that the brake fluid
goes down to an acceptable level during
normal brake lining wear. When new
linings are put in, the fluid level goes
back up. The other reason is that fluid is
1€:aking out of the brake system. If it is,
Yiou should have your brake system fixed,
simce a leak means that sooner or later
Y our brakes won’t work well, or won’t
ulork at all.
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to
determine when to check your brake
fluid. See “Periodic Maintenance
Inspections” in the Index.
container only, and always clean the brakt
fluid reservoir cap before removing it.
NOTICE:
0
To Check Brake Fluid:
You can check the brake fluid without
taking off the cap. Just look at the brake
fluid reservoir. The fluid level should be
above the plastic seam in the reservoir.
If it isn’t, have your brake system
checked to see if there is a leak.
After work is done on the brake hydraulic
system, make sure the level is above the
plastic seam, near the base of the filler
neck.
What to Add:
When you do need brake fluid, use only
DOT-3 brake fluid - such as DelcoSupreme 1 l @ (GM Part No. 1052535).
Use new brake fluid from a sealed
0
Don’t let someone put in the
wrong kind of fluid. For example,
just a few drops of mineral-based
oil, such as engine oil,in your
brake system can damage brake
system parts so badly that they’ll
have to be replaced.
Brake fluid can damage paint, so
be careful not to spill brake fluid
on your vehicle. If you do, wash it
off immediately. See ”Appearance
Care” in the Index.
Brake Wear
Unless you have the four-wheel disc
brake option, your Chevrolet has front
disc brakes and rear drum brakes.
Disc brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads are
worn and new pads are needed. The
sound may come and go or be heard all
the time your vehicle is moving (except
when you are pushing on the brake pedal
firmly).
A CAUTION:
The brake wear warning sound
means that sooner or later your
brakes won’t work well. That could
lead to an accident. When you hear
the brake wear warning sound, have
your vehicle serviced.
NOTICE:
Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.
Some driving conditions or climates
may
cause a brake squeal when the brakes are
first applied or lightly applied. This does
not mean something is wrong with your
brakes.
203.
I
Service and Appevmance Care
If you have rear drum brakes, they don’t
have wear indicators, but if you ever hear
a rear brake rubbing noise, have the rear
brake linings inspected. Also, the rear
brake drums should be removed and
inspected each time the tires are removed
for rotation or changing. When you have
the front brakes replaced, have the rear
brakes inspected, too.
Brake linings should always be replaced
as complete axle sets.
If your brake pedal goes down farther
than normal, your rear drum brakes may
need adjustment. Adjust them by backing
up and firmly applying the brakes a few
times.
Replacing Brake System Parts
The braking system on a modern vehicle
is complex. Its many parts have to be of
top quality and work well togetherif the
vehicle is to have really good braking.
Vehicles we design and test have
Brake Pedal Travel
top-quality GM brake parts in them, as
your Chevrolet does when it is new.
See your dealer if the brake pedal does
not return to normal height, or if there is a When you replace parts of your braking
system - for example, when your brake
rapid increase in pedal travel. This could
linings wear down and you have to have
be a sign of brake trouble.
new ones put in - be sure you get new
genuine
GM replacement parts.If you
Brake Adjustment
don’t, your brakes mayno longer work
Every time you make a moderate brake
properly. For example, if someone puts in
stop, your disc brakes adjust for wear. If
brake linings that are wrong for your
you rarely make a moderate or heavier
vehicle, the balance between your front
stop, then your brakes might not adjust
and rear brakes can change, for the worse.
correctly. If you drive in that way, then - The braking performance you’ve come to
very carefully - make a few moderate
expect can change in many other ways if
brake stops about every 1,000 miles
someone puts in the wrong replacement
( I 600 km), so your brakes will adjust
brake parts.
properly.
. . .204
Battery
Every new Chevrolet has a Delco
Freedoms battery. You never have to add
water to one of these. When it’s time for a
new battery, we recommend a Delco
Freedoma battery. Get one that has the
catalog number shown on the original
battery’s label.
Vehicle Storage
If you’re not going to drivi your vehicle
for 25 days or more, take off the black,
negative (-) cable from the battery. This
will help keep your battery from running
down.
Contacr your dealer to learn how to
prepare your vehicle for longer storage
periods.
Bulb Replacement
For the proper type of replacement bulb,
see “Replacement Bulbs” in the Index.
Halogen Bulbs
Headlights
Headlight Aiming
Your vehicle has a mini-quad headlight
system. These headlights have vertical
and horizontal indicators. When the
headlights are properly installed and
adjusted, and the vehicle is on level
ground, both indicators will read in the
:enter of the gage. If they do not, you can
adjust the aim.
To adjust the aim of your headlights:
1. Move your vehicle to a level surface.
Use a spirit level to be sure. Be sure to
remove any items that are not part of
your original equipment from the
trunk and passenger areas. No one
should be seated in the vehicle and
your fuel tank should be about half
full. Check to be sure your tires are at
the correct pressure.
205.
.
Service and Appearance Care
II
There are four headlights. Each one has
its own vertical and horizontal aim
position indicators. Each indicator has
its own aiming screw.
A. VerticalIndicator
B. HorizontalIndicator
C. Vertical Aiming Screw
D. Horizontal Aiming Screw
. . .206
!. Start with the horizontal (left and
right) headlight aim. Don't try to
adjust the vertical (up and down) aim
first.
I. Check the horizontal aim for each
headlight and adjust it as necessary.
I. Turn the horizontal aiming screw until
the pointer is lined up with the 0
(zero).
5. Now adjust the vertical aim. Check
the vertical aim for each headlight and
adjust it as necessary.
6. Turn the vertical aiming screw until
the bubble in the levelis centered at
0 (zero).
7. If the gage readings are not centered,
repeat steps 2 and 3.
Try not to touch threaded parts other than
the vertical and horizontal aiming screws.
If the vehicle body has beendamaged in
an accident or something, the headlight
should be aimed after repairing the body.
I To replace a headlight:
Before replacing a headlight that does not
light, check to make sure that the wiring
connector is securely fastened to it.
See “Replacement Bulbs” in the Index to
check the size and type of headlight you
need to use before you begin to replace
the headlight. You must replace a
headlight with one that is exactly the
~~
Be careful not to move the aiming screws
when you replace the headlight. If the
headlight being replaced was properly
aimed, the new one will be also if it is
properly installed.
I. Remove the Torx@head screws at the
end of the aiming ring.
207. ..
Service and Appearance Care
5. Plug the wiring connector intothe
headlight socket. Snap the locking
tabs onto the socket.
6. Place the new headlight in the
headlight assembly. The socket must
be pointing in the same direction the
socket on the burned out bulb was.
7. Insert the tabs on the aiming ring into
the tabs in the headlight assembly.
0. Hold the aiming ring closed, insert the
screws at the end of the ring. Tighten
2. The aiming ring will swing open like a 3 Pull the headlight out of the assembly.
the screws until the aiming ring
gate. Remove the aiming ring from thle
Remove the wiring connector from thl
touches the plastic nuts on both the
assembly. Place it face down, with the
headlight socket by lifting the plastic
top and bottom. Do not overtighten.
aim indicator up. Be careful not to
locking tabs on the connector and
Do not damage the vertical aiming
damage the aiming bubble.
pulling it from the socket.
bubble.
4, Check the new headlight again. The
number of the light must match the
number on the headlight being
replaced. The letter “U” or “L” must
also match.
I
-
. . .208
.........
.......
...
s
1.1...
,
I,
I......,
9. Check the headlight aim indicators.
The horizontal indicator (A) should be Center High-Mounted Stoplight
on 0 (zero). If the vehicle is level, the To replace the bulb:
vertical indicator (B) should also be
1. Remove the two screws in the
on 0 (zero). If the vehicle isn’t level,
stoplight lens.
check the vertical aim on a level
surface as soon as you can. If either
indicator doesn’t read 0 (zero), adjust
the headlight aim. See “Adjusting
Headlight Aim” in the Index.
If your vehicle is damaged in an accident
and the headlight aim seems to be
affected, see your Chevrolet dealer.
Headlights on damaged vehicles may
require recalibration of the horizontal aim
by your Chevrolet dealer.
2. Gently pull the assembly out and
remove the bulb from the back of the
assembly.
3. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
209.
,
Service and Appearance Care
Rear Lights
To change my rear bulb, you have to
remove the entire housing.
1. Remove the trim pami from the side
that you are replacing the bulb.
2. Pall the carpet back.
2. Turn and pull out the socket and the
1. Using a screwdriver, remove the
plastic screws from the deflector
under the vehicle.Move the deflector
out of the way.
. . .210
bulb.
3. Pull out the buib.
4. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
-
L
3. Remove the wing nut S.
I
4. Pull the assembly off from the outside.
5. To remove a socket with a tab, press
the tab and turn the socket
counterclockwise. To remove a socket
without a tab, turn the socket
counterclockwise.
6. To remove the bulb, push in and turn
it counterclockwise, then pull it out.
7. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
Rear Sidemarker
To replace a rear sidemarker bulb:
1. Remove the screw from the
sidemarker assembly.
2. To pull out the bulb housing, tilt the
housing to remove the tabbed end.
211
. ..
Service and Appearance Care
I
r
~~
TIRE-LOADING INFORMATION
OCCUPANTS
VEHICLE CAP. WT.
FRT.
CRT.
RR.
TOTAL
LBS
KG
3
3
2
8
1199
544
MAX. LOADING @ GVWR SAME AS VEHICLE
CAPACITY WEIGHT BBW
TIRE SIZE
IF
MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP.
DATE GVWR
GAWRFRT
GAWRRR
1
v)
2
INFORMATION
c
3. Turn counterclockwise and pull out
i
the socket and the bulb.
c1. Reverse the steps with a new bulb.
. .212
7’he other label is the Certification label,
flound on the rear edge of the driver’s
Two labels on your vehicle show how
d.oor. It tells you the gross weight capacity
much weight it may properly carry. The
0If your vehicle, called the GVWR (Gross
Tire-Loading Information label found on \rehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR
the driver’s door tells you the proper size, ilncludes the weight of the vehicle, all
speed rating and recommended inflation
0lccupants, fuel and cargo. Never exceed
pressures for the tires on your vehicle. It tlle GVWR for your vehicle, or the Gross
Pixle Weight Rating (GAWR)for either
also gives you important information
about the number of people that can be in tlne front or rear axle.
your vehicle and the total weight that you Pmd, if you do have a heavy load, you
can carry. This weight is called the
S.hould spread it out. Don’t carry more
Vehicle Capacity Weight and includes the tlIan 100 pounds (45 kg) in your rear area.
weight of all occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Loading Your Vehicle
NOTICE:
Your warranty does not cover parts or
components that fail because of overloading.
If yoti put things inside your vehicle like suitcases, tools, packages, or
anything else - they will go as fast as the
vehicle goes. If you have to stop or turn
quickly, or if there is a crash, they’ll keep
going.
213
...
Service and Appearance Care
I
Tires
re don’t make tires. Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a
ading tire manufacturer. These tires are warranted by the tire manufacturers and
.eir warranties are delivered with every new Chevrolet. If your spare tire is a
fferent brand than your road tires, you will have a tire warranty folder from each
’ these manufacturers.
. . .214
NOTICE:
Inflation -Tire Pressure
Don’t let anyone tell you that underinflation or overinflation is all right. It’s not.
If your tires don’t have enough air (underinflation) you can get:
0
The Tire-Loading Information label
which is on the driver’s door shows the
2orrect inflation pressures for your
tires, when they’re cold. “Cold” means
your vehicle has been sitting for at
least three hours or driven no more
than a mile.
[f your vehicle is equipped with
P245/50ZR16 tires and you’ll be
driving at speeds higher than 100 mph
[ 160 km/h) where it is legal, raise the
“cold” inflation pressure of each tire
to 35 psi (240 @a). When you end this
very high speed driving, reduce the
“cold” inflation pressures to those
listed on the Tire Loading Information
label.
Toomuch flexing
Toomuchheat
Tire overloading
0
Bad wear
0
Bad handling
Bad fuel economy.
If your tires have too much air (overinflation), you can get:
0
Unusual wear
Bad handling
Rough ride
Needless damage from road hazards.
215
...
Service and Appearance Care
When to Check: Check your tires once a
month or more. Don’t forget your
compact spare tire. It should be at 60 psi
(420 kPa).
How to Check: Use a good quality
pocket-type gage to check tire pressure.
Simply looking at the tires will not tell
you the pressure, especially if you have
radial tires - which may look properly
inflated even if they’re underinflated.
If your tires have valve caps, be sure to
put them back on. They help prevent
leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
. . .216
4-
Tire Inspection and Rotation
To make your tires last longer, have them
inspected and rotated at the mileages
recommended in the Maintenance
Schedule. See “Scheduled Maintenance
Services” in the Index.
[f you don’t have P245/50ZR16 size tires
use the rotation pattern shown above for
your size tires.
f you have P245/50ZR16 size tires, they
nust roll in a certain direction for the best
werall performance. The direction is
hown by an arrow on both sidewalls.
3ecause these tires are directional, they
hould be rotated as shown in the
:xample above. These tires should only
,e moved from front to rear and rear to
ront on the same side of the vehicle.
ifter the tires have been rotated, adjust
he front and rear inflation pressureas
.hown onthe Tire-Loading Information
abel. Make certain that all wheel nuts are
u-operly tightened. See “Wheel Nut
rorque” in the Index.
The tire has a puncture, cut, or other
damage that can’t be repaired well
because of the size or location of the
damage.
When It’s Time for New Tires
One way to tell when it’s time for new
tires is to check the treadwear indicators,
which will appear when your tires have
only 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) or less of tread
remaining.
You need a new tire if:
0 You can see the indicators at three or
more places around the tire.
0 You can see cord or fabric showing
through the tire’s rubber.
The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut
or snagged deep enough to show cord
or fabric.
0 The tire has a bump, bulge or split.
Buying New Tires
To find out what kind and size of tires you
need, look at the Tire-Loading
Information label.
The tires installed on your vehicle when it
was new had a Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec) number on each
tire’s sidewall. When you get new tires,
get ones with that same TPC Spec
number. That way, your vehicle will
continue to have tires that are designed to
give proper endurance, handling, speed
rating, traction, ride and other things
during normal service on your vehicle. If
your tires have an all-season tread design,
the TPC number will be followed by a
“MS” (for mud and snow).
If you ever replace your tires with those
not having a TPC Spec number, make
sure they are the same size, load range,
speed rating and construction type (bias,
bias-belted or radial) as your original
tires.
217
...
Service and Appearance Care
example, a tire graded 150 would wear
one and a half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of their use,
however, and may depart significantly
from the norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the
system developed by the United States
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration which grades tires by
treadwear, traction and temperature
performance. (This applies only to
vehicles sold in the United States.)
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative
rating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified government test course. Fa
.. .218
high temperature can cause the material
of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire
life, and excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C
corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of performance on
the laboratory test wheel than the
minimum required by law.
Traction - A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to
Warning: The temperature grade for this
tire is established for atire that is properly
lowest are: A, B, and C. They represent
the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement inflated and not overloaded. Excessive
as measured under controlled conditions
speed, underinflation, or excessive
on specified government test surfaces of
loading, either separately or in
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C
combination, can cause heat buildup and
possible tire failure.
may have poor traction performance.
Those grades are molded on the sidewalls
Warning: The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on braking
of passenger car tires.
(straight-ahead) traction tests and does
While the tires available as standard or
not include cornering (turning) traction.
optional equipment on General Motors
vehicles may vary with respect to these
Temperature -A, B, C
grades, all such tires meet General Motors
performance standards and have been
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B , and C , representing the tire’s approved for use on General Motors
resistance to the generation of heat and its vehicles. All passenger type (P Metric)
ability to dissipate heat when tested under tires must conform to Federal safety
requirements in addition to these grades.
controlled conditions on a specified
indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned
and balanced carefully at the factory to
give you the longest tire life and best
overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to have
your wheels aligned again. However, if
you notice unusual tire wear or your
vehicle pulling one way or the other, the
alignment may need to be reset. If you
notice your vehicle vibrating when
driving on a smooth road, your wheels
may need to be rebalanced.
[f you need to replace any of your wheels,
wheel bolts, or wheel nuts, replace them
Drily with new GM original equipment
parts. This way, you will be sure to have
the right wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for your Chevrolet model.
NOTICE:
The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brake
cooling, speedometer/odometer calibration, headlight aim, bumper
height, vehicle ground clearance, and
tire or tire chain clearance to the
body and chassis.
Used Replacement Wheels
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked or
badly rusted. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts should be replaced. If the wheel
leaks air out, replace it (except some
aluminum wheels, which can sometimes
be repaired). See your Chevrolet dealer if
any of these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of wheel
you need.
Each new wheel should have the same
load carrying capacity, diameter, width,
offset, and be mounted the same way as
the one it replaces.
219..
Service and Appearance Care
rire Chains
NOTICE:
If your Chevrolet has P235/55R16 or
P245/50ZR16 size tires, don’t use tire
chains; they can damage your vehicle.
If you have other tires, use tire chains
only when you must. Use only SAE
Class “S” type chains that are the
proper size for your tires. Install
them on the rear tires and tighten
them as tightly as possible with the
ends securely fastened. Drive slowly
and follow the chain manufacturer’s
instructions. If you can hear the
chains contacting your vehicle, stop
and retighten them. If the contact
continues, slow down until it stops.
Driving too fast with chains on will
damage your vehicle.
. . .220
Appearance Care
Rt:member, cleaning products can be
ha.zardous. Some are toxic. Others can
bllrst into flame if you strike a match
or. get them ona hot part of the vehicle.
SC]me are dangerous if you breathe
th eir fumes in a closed space. When
Y( )u use anything from a container to
clean your Chevrolet, be sure to follow
the manufacturer‘s warnings and
instructions. And always open your
doors or windows when you’re
:leaning the inside.
Never use these to clean your vehicle:
0
0
0
0
0
Gasoline
Benzene
Naphtha
CarbonTetrachloride
Acetone
PaintThinner
Turpentine
a LacquerThinner
0 NailPolishRemover
They can all be hazardous - some
more than others - and they can all
damage your vehicle, too.
0
Don’t use any of these unless this manual
says you can. In many uses, these will
damage your vehicle:
Alcohol
Laundry Soap
0 Bleach
Reducing Agents
Cleaning the lnsideof Your
Chevrolet
Use a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of
dust and loose dirt. Wipe vinyl or leather
with a clean, damp cloth.
Your Chevrolet dealer has two GM
cleaners - a solvent-type spot lifter and
a foam-type powdered cleaner. They will
clean normal spots and stains very well.
Do not use them on vinyl or leather.
Here are some cleaning tips:
0 Always read the instructions on the
cleaner label.
Clean up stains as soon as you can before they set.
0 Use a clean cloth or sponge, and
change to a clean area often. A soft
brush may be used if stains are
stubborn.
0
Use solvent-type cleaners in a
well-ventilated area only. If you use
them, don’t saturate the stained area.
If a ring forms after spot cleaning,
clean the entire area immediately or it
will set.
Using Foam-Type Cleaner on Fabric
Vacuum and brush the area to remove
any loose dirt.
Always clean a whole trim panel or
section. Mask surrounding trim along
stitch or welt lines.
Mix Multi-Purpose Powdered Cleaner
following the directions on the
container label.
Use suds only and apply with a clean
sponge.
Don’t saturate the material.
Don’t rub it roughly.
As soon as you’ve cleaned the section,
use a sponge to remove the suds.
Rinse the section with a clean, wet
sponge.
Wipe off what’s left with a slightly
damp paper towel or cloth.
Then dry it immediately with a blow
dryer or a heat lamp.
I NOTICE:
I
Be careful with a hair dryer or heat
lamp. You couldscorch the fabric.
I
Wipe with a clean cloth.
Using Solvent-’1[Sipe Cleaner on Fabric
First, see if you have to use solvent-type
:leaner at all. Some spots and stains will
:lean off better with just water and mild
;oap.
If you need to use a solvent:
Gently scrape excess soil from the
trim material with a clean, dull knife
or scraper. Use very little cleaner, light
pressure and clean cloths (preferably
cheesecloth). Cleaning should start at
the outside of the stain, “feathering”
toward the center. Keep changing to a
clean section of the cloth.
When you clean a stain from fabric,
immediately dry the area with an air
hose, hair dryer, or heat lamp to help
prevent a cleaning ring. (See the
previous NOTICE.)
221
...
Service and Appearance Care
Fabric Protection
Your Chevrolet has upholstery and carpet
that has been treated with Scothgardm
Fabric Protector, a 3M product.
Scotchgard- protects fabric by repelling
oil and water, which are the carriers of
most stains. Even with this protection,
you still need to clean your upholstery
and carpet often to keepit looking new.
Further information on cleaning is
available by calling 1-800-433-3296 (in
Minnesota, 1-800-642-6 167).
Special Cleaning Problems
Greasy or oily stains: Such as grease,
oil, butter, margarine, shoe polish, coffee
with cream, chewing gum, cosmetic
creams, vegetable oils, wax crayon, tar
and asphalt.
0 Carefully scrape off excess stain.
0 Follow the solvent-type instructions
described earlier.
0 Shoe polish, wax crayon, tar and
asphalt will stain if left on a vehicle
seat fabric. They should be removed
as soon as possible. Be careful,
because the cleaner will dissolve
them and may cause them to spread.
. . .222
Non-greasy stains: Such as catsup,
coffee (black), egg, fruit, fruit juice, milk,
soft drinks, wine, vomit, urine and blood.
0 Carefully scrape off excess stain, then
sponge the soiled area with cool water.
0 If a stain remains, follow the
foam-type instructions above.
0 If an odor lingers after cleaning vomit
or urine, treat the areawith a
waterbaking soda solution:
1 teaspoon ( 5 ml) of baking soda to
1 cup (250 ml) of lukewarm water.
0 If needed, clean lightly with
solvent-type cleaner.
Combination stains: Such as canay,
ice cream, mayonnaise, chili sauce and
unknown stains.
Carefully scrape off excess stain, then
clean with cool water and allow to
dry.
0 If a stain remains, clean it with
solvent-type cleaner.
Cleaning Vinyl
Use warm water and a clean cloth.
0 Rub with a clean, damp cloth to
remove dirt. You may have to do it
more than once.
Things like tar, asphalt and shoe
polish will stain if you don’t get them
off quickly. Use a clean cloth and
solvent-type vinyl cleaner.
Cleaning Leather
Use a soft cloth with lukewarn water and
a mild soap or saddle soap.
For stubborn stains, use a mild
solution of 10% isopropyl alcohol
(rubbing alcohol) and 90% water.
Never use oils, varnishes,
solvent-based or abrasive cleaners,
furntiure polish or shoe polish on
leather.
Soiled leather should be cleaned
immediately. If dirt is allowed to work
into finish, it can harm the leather.
Cleaning the Top of the Instrument
Panel
Use only mild soap and waterto clean the
top surfaces of the instrument panel.
Sprays containing silicones or waxes may
cause annoying reflections in the
windshield and even makeit difficult to
see through the windshield under certain
conditions.
Care of Safety Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
A CAUTION:
Do not bleachor dye safety belts.
If YOU do, it may severely weaken
them. In a crash they might not be
able to provide adequate protection.
Clean safety beltsonly with mild
soap and lukewarm water.
Glass
Glass should be cleaned often. GM Glass
Cleaner (GM Part No. 1050427) or a
liquid household glass cleaner will
remove normal tobacco smoke and dust
films.
Don’t use abrasive cleanerson glass,
because they may cause scratches. Avoid
placing decals on the inside rear window,
since they may have to be scraped off
later. If abrasive cleaners areused on the
inside of the rear window, an electric
defogger element may be damaged. Any
temporary license should not be attached
across the defogger grid.
Cleaning the Outsideof the Windshield
and Wiper Blades
If the windshield is not clear after using
the windshield washer, orif the wiper
blade chatters when running, wax or
other material may be on the blade or
windshield.
Clean the outside of the windshield with
GM Windshield Cleaner, Bon-Ami
Powder@ (GMPart No. 105001 1 ). The
windshield is clean if beads do not form
when you rinse it with water.
Clean the blade by wiping vigorously
with a cloth soaked in full strength
windshield washer solvent. Then rinse the
blade with water.
Wiper blades should be checked on a
regular basis and replaced when worn.
Cleaning Twin Lift-off Roof Panels
Special care is necessary when cleaning,
removing and/or storing the roof panels.
Flush with water to remove dust and
dirt, then dry the panels.
Clean the panels with GM Glass
Cleaner (GM Part No. 1050427) or a
liquid household glass cleaner. Leave
the cleaner on the panel for one
0
minute, then wipe the panel with a
soft, lint-free cloth.
Don’t use abrasive cleaning materials.
Cleaning the Outsideof Your
Chevrolet
The paint finish on your vehicle provides
beauty, depth of color, glossretention and
durability.
Washing Your Vehicle
The best way to preserve your vehicle’s
finish is to keep it clean by washing it
often with lukewarm or cold water.
Don’t wash your vehicle in the direct
rays of the sun. Don’t use strong soaps
or chemical detergents. Use liquid hand,
dish or car washing (mild-detergent)
soaps. Don’t use cleaning agentsthat are
petroleum based, or contain acid or
abrasives. All cleaning agents should be
flushed promptly and not allowed to dry
on the surface, or they could stain. Dry
the finish with a soft, clean chamois or
a 100% cotton towel to avoid surface
scratches and water spotting.
High pressure car washes may cause
water to enter your vehicle.
I
223 .
Service and Appearance Care
1 FinishCare
Cleaning Your Convertible Top
Occasional waxing or mild polishing of
your Chevrolet may be necessary to
NOTICE:
remove residue from the paint finish. You
can get GM approved cleaning products
When using an automatic car wash,
from your dealer. (See “Appearance Care
set your heating or cooling system to
and Maintenance Materials” in the Index.)
“VENT” with the fan speed set to
Your Chevrolet has a “basecoat/clearcoat”
the second highest speed. This will
paint finish. The clearcoat gives more
prevent high pressure water from
depth and gloss to the colored
entering around your top.
basecoat.Always use waxes and polishes
that are non-abrasive and made for a
Your convertible top should be cleaned
basecoatklearcoat paint finish.
often. Use a mild soap, lukewarm water
and a soft brush. Don’t use any harsh
cleaners or bleaching agents on the top.
They can damage the material.
NOTICE:
When the top is really dirty, use a mild
Machine compounding or aggressive
foam-type cleaner. Use a cloth or sponge
polishing on a basecoatklearcoat
to remove the dirt.
paint finish may dull the finish or
Thoroughly rinse the top and dry it before
leave swirl marks.
lowering it. A damp top causes wrinkles.
Aluminum Wheels (If So Equipped)
Your aluminum wheels have a protective
coating similar to the painted surface of
your vehicle. Don’t use strong soaps,
chemicals, chrome polish, or other
. . .224
abrasive cleaners on them because you
could damage this coating. After rinsing
thoroughly, a wax may be applied.
NOTICE:
If you have aluminum wheels, don’t
use an automatic car wash that has
hard silicon carbide cleaning brushes.
These brushes can take off the
protective coating.
Tires
Your Chevrolet dealer has a GM White
Sidewall Tire Cleaner. You can use a stiff
brush with the cleaner.
When applying a tire dressing always takt
care to wipe off any overspray or splash
from painted surfaces. Petroleum-based
products may damage the paint finish.
Weatherstrips
Silicone grease on weatherstrips will
make them last longer, seal better, and not
stick or squeak. Apply silicone grease
with a clean cloth at least every six
months. During very cold, damp weather
more frequent application may be
required. (See “Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” in the Index.)
Sheet Metal Damage
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
sheet metal repair or replacement, make
sure the body repair shop applies
anti-corrosion material to the parts
repaired or replaced to restore corrosion
protection.
Foreign Material
Calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap,
bird droppings, chemicals from industrial
chimneys, and other foreign matter can
damage your vehicle’s finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Use cleaners
that are marked safe for painted surfaces
to remove foreign matter.
Finish Damage
Any stone chips, fractures or deep
scratches in the finish should be repaired
right away. Bare metal will corrode
quickly and may develop into a major
repair expense.
Minor chips and scratches can be repaired
with touch-up materials available from
your dealer or other service outlets.
Larger areas of finish damage can be
corrected in your dealer’s body and paint
shop.
Underbody Maintenance
Chemicals used for ice and snow removal
and dust control can collect on the
underbody. If these are not removed,
accelerated corrosion (rust) can occur on
the underbody parts such as fuel lines,
frame, floor pan, and exhaust system even
though they have corrosion protection.
At least every spring, flush these
materials from the underbody with plain
water. Clean any areas where mud and
other debris can collect. Dirt packed in
closed areas of the frame should be
loosened before being flushed. Your
dealer or an underbody vehicle washing
system can do this for you.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Some weather and atmospheric conditions
can create a chemical fallout. Airborne
pollutants can fall upon and attack painted
surfaces on your vehicle. This damage
can take two forms: blotchy,
ringlet-shaped discolorations, and small
irregular dark spotsetched into the paint
surface.
Although no defect in the paint job causes
this, Chevrolet will repair, at no charge to
the owner, the surfaces of new vehicles
damaged by this fallout condition within
12 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 km)
of purchase, whichever comes first.
225.
..
Service and Appearance Care
IAppearance
c
Care andMaintenance Materials
PART NUMBER
SIZE
1051516
1050172
32 02. (0.946 L)
16 02. (0.473
L)
DESCRIPTION
Washer gotvent and GasLiner De-lcer
Tar and Road Oil Remover
USAGE
Windshield washing system and gas line
Also old waxes, polishes
*Not recommended for pigskin suedeleather.
See your General Motors Dealer for theseproducts. See the Index under "Recommended Fluids and Lubricants"for other products.
. . .226
I
w Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
This is the legal identifier for your
Chevrolet. It appears on a plate in the
front corner of the instrument panel, on
the driver’s side. You can see it if you
look through the windshield from outside
your vehicle. The VIN also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service Parts
labels and the certificates of title and
registration.
Service Parts
Identification Label
You’ll find this label inside your console
itorage compartment. It’s very helpful if
you ever need to order parts. On this
label is:
D yourVIN,
the model designation,
paint information, and
a list of all production options anc
special equipment.
Be sure that this label is notremoved
From the vehicle.
Add-on Electrical
Equipment
NOTICE:
Don’t add anything electrical to your
Chevrolet unless you check with
your dealer first. Some electrical
equipment can damage your vehicle
and the damage wouldn’t be covered
by your warranty. Some add-on
electrical equipment can keep other
components from working as they
should.
Your vehicle has an air bag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to your Chevrolet, see
“Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped
Chevrolet” in the Index.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in your VIN isthe
engine code. This code will help you
identify your engine, specifications, and
replacement parts.
227.
..
Service and Appearance Care
Headlights
The headlight wiring is protected by a
circuit breaker. An electrical overload
will cause the lights to go on and off,
or in some cases to remain off. If this
happens, have your headlight wiring
checked right away.
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers
The wiring circuits in your vehicle are
protected from short circuits by a
combination of fuses, circuit breakers,
and fusible thermal links in the wiring
itself. This greatly reduces the chance of
fires caused by electrical problems.
There are two fuse centers on your
vehicle. One is in the left side of your
instrument panel.
. . .228
The other is in the engine compartment.
Open the cover oneither of the boxes to
expose the fuses.
Look at the silver-colored band inside
the fuse. If the band is brokenor melted,
replace the fuse. Besure you replace a
bad fuse with a new one of the correct
size.
If you ever have a problem on the road
and don’t have a spare fuse, you can
borrow one of the correct value. Just pick
some feature of your vehicle that you car
get along without - like the radio or
cigarette lighter - and use its fuse, if it i
the size you need. Replace it as soon as
you can.
Windshield Wipers
The windshield wiper motor is protected
by a circuit breaker and a fuse. If the
motor overheats due to heavy snow,etc.,
the wiper will stop until the motor
cools. If the overload is causedby
some electrical problem and not
snow, etc., be sure to get it fixed.
Power Windows and Other Power
Options
Circuit breakers protect the power
windows and other power accessories.
When the current load is too heavy,
the circuit breaker opens and closes,
protecting the circuit until the problem
is fixed or goes away.
Main Fuse Block
1 - Air Bag: SIR Components
(15 Amp.)
2 - Backup Lights; Daytime Running
Lights Module (Canada); Turn
Flasher (20 Amp.)
3 - HVAC Selector Switch (Heater/Air
Conditioner); Rear Defogger
(25 Amp.)
4 - Powertrain Control Module;
Instrument Cluster; PASS-Keys11
Decoder Module (10 Amp.)
5 - Powertrain Control Module;
PASS-Keys11 Decoder Module;
Fuel Pump Relay ( 1 5 Amp.)
6 - Brake LighVCruise Release
Switch; Hazard Flasher (20 Amp.)
7 - Power Door Locks; Power Mirrors;
Hatch Release (15 Amp.)
8 - Audio Alarm Module; Bases
Relay; Courtesy Lights: Console
Compartment, Glove Box, Dome,
Trunk, Rear Courtesy, Rearview
Mirror and Radio ( 1 5 Amp.)
9 - Audio Alarm Module; Daytime
Running Lights Module (Canada);
Diagnostic Energy Reserve
Module; Instrument Cluster;
Remote Lock Control Module
( I O Amp.)
10 - Exterior Lighting (20 Amp.)
11 - Cigarette Lighter; Horn Relay
(25 Amp.)
12 - Power Seats: Rear Defogger
(30 Amp. Circuit Breaker)
13 - Brightness Control (5 Amp.)
14 - Windshield Wipermasher
(25 Amp.)
15 - Power Windows, Convertible
Top Switch (30 Amp. Circuit
Breaker)
16 - Diagnostic Energy Reserve
Module (3 Amp.)
17 - Radio; ( 15 Amp.)
229.
..
Service and Appearance Care
Jnderhood Electrical Center
'uses
1 - Electronic Brake Control Module
(5 Amp.)
2 - Fog Lamps (20 Amp.)
3 - Not Used
4 - Not Used
5 - Anti-Lock Brake System (5 Amp.)
6 - Coolant Fan Relays; EVAP
Canister Purge Solenoid; Exhaust
Gas Recirculation; Low Coolant
Relay; Reverse Lockout Solenoid
( 10 Amp.)
. .230
E
D
C
B
F
G
H
J
7 - Air Injection Pump Assembly;
Air Pump Relay (20 Amp.)
8 - Not Used
9 - Fuel Injectors (7.5 Amp.)
l o - Fuel Injectors (7.5 Amp.)
11 - VIN Engine Code S: Camshaft
Position Sensor; Crankshaft
Position Sensor; Electronic
Ignition Module (10 Amp.)
VIN Engine Code P: Ignition
Coil; Ignition Coil Driver
(10 Amp.)
12 - Air Conditioning Compressor
Relay; Cruise Control Switches
and Module (20 Amp.)
Relays
B - Air Conditioning Compressor
C - Anti-Lock Brake System
D -Primary Coolant Fan (Driver Side)
E - Air Pump
F - Secondary Coolant Fan
(Passenger Side)
G -ASR
H - Fog Lamps
J - Not Used
Replacement Bulbs
Ashtray* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
73
Automatic Transmission Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1141
Center High-Mounted Stoplight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 921
Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
161
Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
906
DoorCourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
885
Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Parking and Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2397
GloveBox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
H-435 1
Headlight (Low Beam) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlight (High Beam) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H-4352
37
Heater and A/C Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
161
High Beam Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
161
IndicatorLights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior Door Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
74
License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
212-2
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
562
Rearcourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sidemarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
TailOnly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
Tail/Stop/Turn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2057
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
562
Turn Signal Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
161
"Manual transmission only.
231
...
Service and Appearance Care
I
4
Capacities and Specifications
Engine
TY Pe
VINEngineCodeS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6
VINEngineCodeP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V8
FuelDelivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Injection
In-Head
Valve Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piston Displacement
VIN Engine Code S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 CID (3.4L)
VIN Engine Code P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 CID (5.7L)
Compression Ratio
VIN Engine Code S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.0: I
VIN Engine Code P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.5:I
Firing Order
VINEngineCodeS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2-3-4-5-6
VIN Engine Code P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-84-3-6-5-7-2
.. .232
Replacement Parts
AirCleanerFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A1163C
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
75-60
Engine Oil Filter
VINEngineCodeS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PF47
PF25
VIN Engine Code P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FuelFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GF578
PCV Valve
CV789C
VIN Engine Code S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VIN Engine Code P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CV895C
Radiatorcap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RC24
Spark Plug
VIN Engine Code S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . oR43TSK (0.045" Gap)
VIN Engine Code P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
oR45LTSP (0.050" Gap)
Thermostat Temperature Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
180"F (82" C)
Wheel Nuts
Wheel Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100 Ib. ft. (140 Nom)
233...
Service and Appearance Care
Capacities (Approximate)
The following approximate capacities are given in U.S. and metric conversions.
. . . . . . See the refrigerant information label under the hood.
Air Conditioningt
Automatic Transmissjon
Drain and Refill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 pt. (4.7 L)*
Overhaul
VIN Engine Code S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17.6 pt. (8.3 L)*
VIN Engine Code P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21.6 pt. (10.2 L)*
Cooling System
VIN Engine Code S
With Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.5 qt. ( 1 1.8 L)
With Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.3 qt. (1 1.6 L)
VIN Engine Code P
With Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.3 qt. (14.5 L)
With Autoqtic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.1 qt. (14.3 L)
tNot all air conditioning refrigerants are the same. If the air conditioning system in your
vehicle needs refrigerant, be sure the proper refrigerant is used. If you’re not sure, ask
your Chevrolet dealer.
*Recheck fluid level after filling. See “Automatic Transmission Fluid” or “Manual
Transmission Fluid” in the Index.
.. .234
Crankcase
VIN Engine Code S ....................................
4.0 qt. (3.8 L)**
VIN Engine Code P
Without Filter Change ................................
4.0 qt. (3.8 L)**
5.0 qt. (4.7 L)**
With Filter Change ...................................
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.5 gal. (58.7 L)
Manual Transmission
Five-Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.9 pt. (2.8 L)*
8.0 pt. (3.8 L)*
Six-Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Axle Lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5 pt. (1.7L)
Vehicle Dimensions
Wheelbase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tread
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Height
Coupe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Convertible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
101.1 ‘I (2 566 mm)
.60.7 ‘I (1 542 mm)
.60.6“ (1 540 mm)
193.2” (4908 mm)
74.1 ‘I (1 883.mm)
5 1.3“ (1 303 mm)
.52.0” (1 3 12 mm)
*Recheck fluid level after filling. See “Automatic Transmission Fluid” or “Manual
Transmission Fluid” in the Index.
**Recheck the oil level after filling. See “Engine Oil” in the Index.
235.
..
Service and AppearanceCare
L
Belt Routing- L32 (Code S) Engine
. . .236
IB
Ielt Routing - LT1 (Code P) Engine
I
IMPORTANT:
KEEP THE ENGINE OIL
AT THE PROPER
LEVEL AND CHANGE AS
RECOMMENDED
T h i s part covers the
maintenance required for your
Chevrolet. Your vehicle needs
these services to retain its
safety. dependability and
emission control performance.
I
I
Section
Part l
Maintenance Schedule
Introduction: A Word about Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Your Vehicleand the Environment .........................
How This Part Is Organized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scheduled
MaintenanceServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A
Using Your Maintenance Schedules .........................
Selecting the Right Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schedule1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schedule11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B . OwnerChecksandServices ................................
AtEachFuelFill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At Least Once a Month . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AtLeastTwiceaYear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AtLeastOnceaYear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C PeriodicMaintenanceInspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E. MaintenanceRecord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
238
238
238
240
239
239
240
242
244
246
246
246
246
247
249
251
253
lqq
I
Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan? The Plan
supplements your. new car warranties .
See your GM dealer for details .
237 ...
Maintenance Schedule
Introduction: A Word about Maintenance
We at General Motors want to help you
Your Vehicle and the
keep your vehicle in good working
Environment
Condition, But we don’t h o w exactly
how you’ll drive it. You may drive very
short distances only a few times a week.
Or you may drive long distances all the
time in very hot, dusty weather. You may
use your vehicle in making deliveries. Or
you may drive it to work, to doerrands,
or in many other ways.
Because of all thedifferent ways people
use their GM vehicles, maintenance needs
vary. You may even need more frequent
checks and replacements than you will
find in the schedules in this part. So
please read this part and note how you
drive. If you have any questions on how
to keep your vehicle in good condition,
see your Ghevrolet dealer,the place
many GM owners choose to have their
maintenance work done. Your dealer can
be relied upon to use proper parts and
practices.
. . .238
Proper vehicle maintenance not only
keeps your vehicle in good working
condition, but it also helps the
environment. All recommended
maintenance procedures are important.
hproper vehicle maintenance orthe
removal of important components can
significantly affect the quality of the air
we breathe. Improper fluid levels or even
the wrong tire inflation can increase the
level of emissions from your vehicle. To
help protect our environment, and to help
keep your vehicle in good condition,
please maintain your vehicle properly.
How This Part is Organized
The remainder of this part is divided into
five sections:
“Section A: Scheduled Maintenance
Services” shows what to have done, and
how often. Some of these services can be
complex, so unless you are technically
qualified and have the necessary
equipment, you should let your dealer’s
service department or another qualified
service center do these jobs.
If you are skilled enough to do some work
on your vehicle, you will probably want
to get the service information GM
publishes, You will find a list of
publications and how to get them later in
this manual. See “Service Publications”
in theIndex.
“Section B: Owner Checks and Services”
tells you what should be checked
whenever you stop for fuel. It also
explains what you can easily do to help
keep your vehicle in goodcondition.
“Section C: Periodic Maintenance
: Inspections” explains important
inspections that your Chevrolet dealer’s
service department or another qualified
service center should perform.
“Section D: Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants” lists some products GM
recommends to help keep your vehicle
properly maintained. These products, or
their equivalents, should be used whether
you do the work yourself or have it done.
“Section E: Maintenance Record”
provides a place for you to record the
maintenance performed on your vehicle.
Whenever any maintenance is performed,
be sure to write it down in this section.
This will help you determine when your
next maintenance should be done. In
addition, it is a good idea to keep your
maintenance receipts. They may be
needed to qualify your vehicle for
warranty repairs.
Using Your Maintenance
Schedules
This section tells you the maintenance
services you should have done and
when you should schedule them. Your
Chevrolet dealer knows your vehicle best
and wants you to be happy with it.If you
go to your dealer for your service needs,
you’ll know that GM-trained and
supported service people will perform
the work using genuine GM parts.
These schedules are for vehicles that:
carry passengers and cargo within
recommended limits. You will find
these limits on your vehicle’s
Tire-Loading Information label. See
“Loading Your Vehicle” in the Index.
are driven on reasonable road pprfaces
within legal driving limits.
use the recommended unleaded fuel.
See “Fuel” in the Index.
Selecting the Right Schedule
First you’ll need to decide which of the
two schedules is right for your vehicle.
Here’s how to decide which schedule to
follow:
Schedule I
Is any one of these true for your vehicle?
Most trips are less than 4 miles (6 km).
Most trips are less than 10 miles (16
km) when outside temperatures are
below freezing.
The engine is at low speed most of the
time (as in door-to-door delivery, or in
stop-and-go traffic).
You operate your vehicle in dusty
areas.
You tow a trailer.
If any one (or more) of these is true for
your driving, follow Schedule I.
Schedule 11
Follow Schedule I1&no if none of the
above conditions is true.
239..
.
Maintenance Schedule
Section A: Scheduled Maintenance Services
Schedule 1
MAINLY driven under one or more of
the following conditions:
When most trips are less than 4 miles
(6 km).
When most trips are less than 10 miles
(16 km) and outside temperatures
remain below freezing.
When most trips include extended
idling and/or frequent low-speed
operation, as in stop-and-go traffic.
When towing a trailer.
0 When operating in dusty areas.
Schedule I should also be followed if the
vehicle is used for deliverv service, police,
taxi or other commercial applications.
*
An Emission Control Service.
=tThe U.S. En\sironmental Protection Agency
or the California Air Resources Board has
determined that the failure topellform this
maintemnce item will not nullifi. the emission
warranty or limit recall liability prior to the
cvmpletion cf vehicle usejul life. General
Motors, however, urges rhat all rec.*ornmended
maintenance services he performed at the
indicated intervals and the maintenance be
recorded in “Section E: Maintenance Record.”
. . .240
ITEM
NO.
WHAT TO SERVICE
WHEN TO PERFORM
See “E,rplanation of Scheduled
Maintenunce Servicae.s”jullowing
Schedules I and 11.
Miles (kilometers)or Months
(whichever occursfirst).
Engine Oil & Oil Filter Change*
1
Every 3.000 miles ( 5 000 km) or 3 months.
2
Chassis Lubrication
Every other oil chenge.
3
Tire and Wheel Rotation& Inspection
At 6,000 miles (10 000 km) and every
15,000 miles (25 000 km) or as necessary.
4
Engine Accessory Drive Belt(s) Inspection*
5
Cooling System Service”
6
Transmission Service
See “Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance
Services” following Schedules I and 11.
Spark Plug Replacement
(3.4L L32 (Code S) Engine)*
Every 30,000 miles (50 000 km).
Spark Plug Replacement
(5.7L LTI (Code P) Engine)*
Every 100,000 miles ( 166 000 km).
Every 30,000 miles (50 000 km) or 24 months.
7
Spark Plug Wire Inspection*+
8
-
Every 30,000 miles (50 000 km).
Air Cleaner Filter Replacement*
See “Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance
Services” following Schedules I and II.
10
Fuel Tank, Cap & Lines Inspection*?
Every 30,000 miles (50000 km).
11
Rear Axle Fluid Change(For Vehicles
Towing Trailersor for Vehicles with
Limited-Slip Differentials)
See “Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance
Services” following Schedules I and 11.
9
The services shown in this schedule up to 48,000 miles (80 000 km)should be performed after
48,000 miles (80 000 km)at the same intervals.
MILES (000)
3 1 6
1 9 1 1 21 1 5
I18 1 2 11 2 4
1 2 7 1 3 0 1 3 3 1 3 6 1 3 9 1 4 21 4 5
148
KILOMETERS (000)
241
. ..
Maintenance Schedule
Section A: Scheduled Maintenance Services (cont.)
Schedule 11
Follow Schedule I1 ONLY if none of
Jhe driving: conditions specified in
Schedule I a p p l ~
WHAT TO SERVICE
ITEM
NO.
*
An Emission Contsol Ses\:icc.
il- The U S . Envisonmental Psotection Agency
os the Calijosrtia Ais Resousces Bousd has
detesmined that the failuse to pesfosm this
maintenance item will not nullib the emissiott
warsanty or limit secall liability psios tothe
completion of whicle useful life. Genesal
Motoss, howews, urges that all sccommended
maintenance semices be pesformed at the
indicated inten*alsand rhe maintenance he
secorded in “SectionE: Maintenance Record.”
1
Engine Oil Change”
Oil Filter Change*
2
Chassis Lubrication
-
3
4
-
-
Tire and Wheel Rotation & Inspection
Engine Accessory Drive Belt(s) Inspection”
Every 7,500 miles ( 1 2 500 km) or 12 months.
At first and then every other oil chqnge.
Every 7,500 miles ( 12 SO0 km) or 12 months.
At 7.500 miles ( 1 2 SO0 km) and then every
15.000 miles ( 2 5 000 km) or as necessary.
Every 30.000 miles (50 000 km) or 24 months.
5
Cooling System Service”
6
Transmission Service
See “Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance
Services“ following Schedules I and 11.
Spark Plug Replacement
(3.4L L32 (Code S) Engine)”
Every 30,000 miles(SO 000 km).
Spark Plug Replacement
(5.7L LTI (Code P) Engine)*
Every IOO.OOO miles ( 166 000 km).
Spark Plug Wire Inspection”?
Every 30,000 miles (50 000 km).
Air Cleaner Filter Replacement”
See “Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance
Services” following Schedules I and 11.
Fuel Tank, Cap & Lines Inspection’k+
Every 30.000 miles ( 5 0 000 km).
Rear Axle Fluid Change(For Vehicles
See “Explanation of Scheduled Maintenance
Services” lollowing Schedules I and 11.
7
8
9
10
11
. . .242
“E.vplanutiol?c?fSd~eduleci
Mairztetzuncx~ Ses\.ic*es‘’
fhllolz*itlg
Schedules I Ulld !I.
with Limited-Slip Differentials)
I The services shownin this schedule up to 45,000 miles (75 000 km) should be performed after
I 45,000 miles (75 000 km) at the same intervals.
I MILES (000)
7.5
I
15
I
22.5
I
30
I
37.5
I
45
KILOMETERS (000)
243.
..
Maintenance Schedule
Section A: Scheduled Maintenance Services (cont.)
ITEM
Explanation of Scheduled
NO. SERVICE
Maintenance Services
Following are explanations of the services
listed in Schedule I and Schedule 11.
The proper fluids and lubricants to use are
listed in Section D. Make sure whoever
services your vehicle uses these. All parts
should be replaced and all necessary
repairs done before you or anyoneelse
drives the vehicle.
NOTE: To determine your engine’s
displacement and code, see
“Engine Identification” in the
Index.
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
1 Engine Oiland Filter Change” Always use SH or SG Energy
Conserving I1 oils of proper
viscosity. The “SH” or “SG”
designation may be shown alone
or in combination with others,
such as “SH/CD,” “SH, SG,
CD,” “SG/CD,” etc. To determine the preferred viscosity for
your vehicle’s engine (e.g., SAE
. . .244
2
3
4
5W-30 or SAE 1OW-30)’ see
“Engine Oil” in the Index.
Chassis Lubrication - Lubricate
the suspension and steering
linkage. Lubricate the
transmission shift linkage.
Tire and Wheel Rotation and
InsDection - For proper wear
and maximum tire life, rotate
your tires following the
instructions in this manual. See
“Tires, Inspection and Rotation”
in the Index. Check the tires for
uneven wear or damage. If you
see irregular or premature wear,
check the wheel alignment.
Check for damaged wheels also.
Engine Accessory Drive Belt(s)
Inspection - Inspect the belt(s)
for cracks, fraying, wear and
proper tension. Replace as
needed. (Belts can have many
small cracks in individual ribs
without affecting performance.)
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
5 Cooling System Service* Drain, flush and refill the system
with new or approved recycled
coolant conforming to GM
Specification 1825M. Keep
coolant at the proper mixture as
specified. See “Coolant” in the
Index. This provides proper
freeze and boil protection,
corrosion inhibitor level and
maintains proper engine
operating temperature.
Inspect hoses and replace if they
are cracked, swollen or deteriorated. Tighten screw-type hose
clamps. Clean the outside of the
radiator and air conditioning
condenser. Wash the pressure
cap and neck.
To help ensure proper operation,
we recommend a pressure test of
both the cooling system and the
pressure cap.
* An Emission Control Service.
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
6 Transmission Service - For
manual transmissions, fluid
doesn’t require changing. See
“Periodic Maintenance
Inspections.”
For automatic transmissions,
change both the fluid and filter
every 15,000 miles (25 000 km)
if the vehicle is mainly driven
under one ormore of these
conditions:
In heavy city traffic where the
outside temperature regularly
reaches 90°F (32°C) or
higher.
In hilly or mountainous
terrain.
When doing frequent trailer
towing.
Uses such as found in taxi,
police car or delivery service.
If you do not use yourvehicle
under any of these conditions,
change both the fluid and
filter every 100,000 miles
(166 000 km).
ITEM
ITEM
NO. SERVICE
NO. SERVICE
11 Rear Axle Fluid Change - If your
7 Spark Plug Replacement* vehicle is used to pull a trailer,
Replace spark plugs with the
have the rear axle gear lubricant
proper type. See “Replacement
changed every 7,500 miles
Parts” in the Index.
(12 500 km).
8 Spark Plug Wire Inspection*? If your vehicle is not used to pull
Inspect for burns, cracks or other
damage. Check the boot fit at the
a trailer, but hasa limited-slip
distributor and at the spark plugs.
differential, have the rear axle
Replace wires as needed.
gear lubricant changed once after
the
first 7,500 miles (12 500 km).
9 Air Cleaner Filter Replacement*
- Replace every 30,000 miles
(50 000 km) or more often under
dusty conditions. Ask your
dealer for the proper replacement
intervals for your driving
conditions.
10 Fuel Tank. Cap and Lines
* An Emission Control Service.
Inspection”? - Inspect fuel tank, t The U S . Environmental Protection Agency
cap and lines (including fuel rails
or the California Air Resources Board has
and injection assembly) for
determined that the failure topegorm this
damage or leaks. Inspect fuel cap
maintenance item will not nullify the emission
warranty or limit recall liability prior to the
gasket for an even filler neck
completion of vehicle useful life. General
imprint or any damage. Replace
Motors, however, urges that all recommended
parts as needed. Periodic
maintenance services be performed at the
replacement of the fuel filter is
indicated intervals and the maintenance be
not required.
recorded in “Section E: Maintenance Record.”
245..
.
Maintenance Schedule
Section B: Owner Checks and Services
Listed below are owner checks and services which should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety,
dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle. Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once.
Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle, make sure they are the proper ones, as shown in Section D.
At Each Fuel Fill
(It is important for you or a service station attendant to perform these underhood checks
at each fuelfill.)
CHECK
OR SERVICE
Engine Oil Level
Engine Coolant Level
Windshield Washer
Fluid Level
WHAT TO DO
Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary. See “Engine Oil” in the Index for
further details.
Check the engine coolant level and add the proper coolant mix if necessary. See “Coolant” in
the Index for further details.
Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer tankand add the proper fluid if
necessary. See “Windshield Washer Fluid” in the Index for further details.
At Least Once a Month
CHECK
OR SERVICE
WHAT TO DO
Tire Inflation
Check tire inflation. Make sure they are inflated to the pressures specified on the Tire-Loading
Information label located on the rear edge of the driver’s door. See “Tires” in the Index for
further details.
Cassette Deck
Clean cassette deck. Cleaning should be done every 15 hours of tape play. See “Audio Systems”
in the Index for further details.
At Least Twice a Year
I
I
CHECK
OR SERVICE
Hydraulic Clutch
System Inspection
. . .246
WHAT TO DO
Check the fluid level in the clutch reservoir. See “Hydraulic Clutch Fluid” in the Index. A fluid
loss in this system could indicate a problem. Have the system inspected and repaired at once.
I
At Least Once a Year
CHECK
OR SERVICE
WHAT TO DO
Lubricate the key lock cylinders with the lubricant specifiedin Section D.
r
Lubricate all body door hinges. Also lubricate all hinges and latches, including those for the hood,
rear compartment, glove box door, console door and any folding seat hardware. Section D tells
you what to use.
Starter Switch
1. Before you start, be sure you have enough room around the vehicle.
2. Firmly apply both the parking brake (see “Parking Brake” in the Index if necessary) and the
regular brake.
off the engine immediately if it starts.
NOTE: Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be ready to turn
3. On automatic transmission vehicles, try to start the engine in each gear. The starter should
work only in “P” (Park) or “N” (Neutral). If the starter works in any other position, your
vehicle needs service.
On manual transmission vehicles, put the shift lever in “N” (Neutral), push the clutch down
halfway and try to start the engine. The starter should work only when the clutchis pushed
down all the way to the floor. If the starter works when the clutch isn’t pushed all the way
down, your vehicle needs service.
247.
..
Maintenance Schedule
Section B: Owner Checks and Services (Cont.)
At Least Once a Year (CONT.)
CHECK
OR SERVICE
Steering Column Lock
WHAT TO DO
While parked, and with the parking brakeset, try to turn the key to “LOCK” in each shift lever
position.
0 With an automatic transmission, the key should turn to “LOCK” only when the shift lever is
in “P” (Park).
0 With a manual transmission, the key should turn to “LOCK” only when the shift lever is in
“R” (Reverse).
On vehicles with a key release button, try to turn the key to “LOCK” without pressing the
button. The key should turn to “LOCK” only with the key button depressed. On all vehicles,
the key should come out only in “LOCK.”
Parking Brake and
Automatic Transmission
“P” (Park) Mechanism
Check
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping your foot onthe regular
brake, set the parking brake.
0 To check the parking brake: With the engine running and transmission in “N” (Neutral),
slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal.Do this until the vehicle is held by
the parking brake only.
0 To check the “P” (Park) mechanism’s holding ability: Shift to “P” (Park). Then release all
brakes.
Underbody Flushing
. . .248
At least every spring, use plain water to flushany corrosive materials from the underbody. Take
care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect.
~
Section C: PeriodicMaintenanceInspections
Listed below are inspectionsand services which should be performed at least twice a year (for instance, each spring and fall).
You should let your GM dealer’s servicedepartment or other qualified service centerdo these jobs. Make sure any necessary
repairs arecompleted at once.
1
INSPECTION
OR SERVICE
WHAT SHOULD BE DONE
Restraint Systems
Now and then, make sure all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, anchorages and
reininder systems are working properly. Lodk for any loose parts or damage. If you see anything
that might keep a restraint system from doing its job, have it repaired.
Steering and
Suspension Inspection
Insped the front and rear suspension and steering system fordamaged,looseor
missing parts,
signs of wear, or lack of lubrication. Inspect the power steering lines and hoses for proper
hookup, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.
Exhaust System
Inspection
damaged,
Inspect the complete exhaust system. Inspect the body near the exhaust system. Look for broken,
missing or out-of-position parts as well as open seams, holes, loose connections or
other conditionswhich could cause aheat build-up in the floor pan or could let exhaust fumes
into the vehicle. See “Engine Exhaust”in the Index.
Throttle Linkage
Inspection
Inspect the throttle linkage for interference or binding, and for damaged or missing parts.
Replace parts as needed.
L
249..
.
Maintenance Schedule
Section C: Periodic Maintenance Inspections (Cont.)
INSPECTION
OR SERVICE
Rear Axle Service
Brake System
Inspection
-
. . .250
WHAT SHOULD BE DONE
Check the transmission fluid level; add if needed. See “Manual Transmission” in the Index.
A fluid loss may indicate a problem. Check the system and repair if needed.
Check the gear lubricant level in the rear axle and add if needed. See “Rear Axle” in the Index.
A fluid loss may indicate a problem. Check the axle and repair it if needed. If your vehicle
is used to pull a trailer, have the rearaxle gear lubricant changed every7,500 miles
(12 500 km).
Inspect the complete system. Inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hookup, binding, leaks,
cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition. Also
inspect drum brake linings for wear and cracks. Inspect other brake parts, including drums,
wheel cylinders, calipers, parking brake, etc. The parking brake is self-adjusting and no manual
adjustment is required. You may need to have your brakes inspected more often if your driving
habits or conditions result in frequent braking.
NOTE: A low brake fluid level can indicate worn disc brake pads which may need to be serviced. Also, if the brake system warning light stays on or comes on, something may be wrong
with the brake system. See “Brake System Warning Light” in the Index. If your anti-lock brake
system warning light stays on, comes on or flashes, something may be wrong with the anti-lock
brake system. See “Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light” in the Index.
Section D: Recommended Fluids & Lubricants
I NOTE: Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number or specificationmay be obtained from your GM Dealer.
USAGE
FLUID/LUBRICANT
Engine Oil
API service SH or SG Energy Conserving I1 oils of the proper viscosity. The “SH” designation
may be shown alone or in combination with others, such as “SH/CD,” “SH, SG, CD,”
“SG/CD,” etc. To determine the preferred viscosity for your vehicle’s engine, see “Engine Oil”
in the Index.
Engine Coolant
50/50 mixture of water (preferably distilled)and good quality ethylene glycol base antifreeze
(GM Part No. 1052753 or equivalent)conforming to GM Specification 1825M or approved
recycled coolant conforming to GM Specification 1825M.
Hydraulic Brake
System
Hydraulic Clutch
System
Power Steering
System
Manual Transmission
Automatic
Transmission
Delco-Supreme 11 Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 1052535 or equivalent DOT-3 Brake Fluid).
Key Lock Cylinders
Automatic Transmission Shift Linkage
Clutch Linkage Pivot
Points
@
Hydraulic Clutch Fluid (GM Part. No. 12345347 or equivalent).
-- ~-~~
~
M Hydraulic Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 1052884 or equivalent).
DEXRON@-IIEAutomatic Transmission Fluid.
DEXRON@-111or DEXRON@-IIEAutomatic Transmission Fluid.
Lubricate with Multi-Purpose Lubricant (GM Part No. 12345120) or synthetic SAE 5W-30
engine oil.
Engine oil.
Engine oil.
251
...
Maintenance Schedule
Section D: Recommended Fluids & Lubricants (Cont.)
FLUID/LUBRICANT
USAGE
Engine oil.
Chassis lubricant (GM Part No. 1052497 or equivalent) or lubricant meeting requirements of
NLGI Grade 2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Floor Shift Linkage
Chassis Lubrication
Rear Axle
(Standard Differential)
Rear Axle (LimitedSlip Differential)
Windshield Washer
Solvent
Hood Latch Assembly
a. Pivots and Spring
Anchor
b. Release Pawl
Hood and Door
Hinges, Rear Folding
Seat, Fuel Door Hinge,
Rear Compartment
Lid Hinges
~
Weatherstrips
II
I
I
Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 1052271) or SAE SOW-90 GL-5 Gear Lubricant.
I
1
Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 12345977) or SAE 80W-90 GL-5 Gear Lubricant, and LimitedSlip Differential.Lubricant Additive (GM Part No. 1052358 or equivalent) where required. See
“Rear Axle” in the Index.
GM Optikleen’ Washer Solvent (GM Part No. 1051515 or equivalent).
~~
a. Engine oil.
b. Chassis lubricant (GM Part No. 1052497 or equivalent) or lubricant meeting requirements of
NLGI Grade 2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Engine oil or Lubriplate Lubricant (GM Part No. 1050109).
I Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579 or equivalent).
See “Replacement Parts” in the Index for recomme’nded replacementfilters, valves and spark plugs.
. . .252
Section E: Maintenance Record
After the scheduled services are performed,record the date, odometerreading and who performed the service in the columns
indicated. When completing the Maintenance Performed column, insert the numbers from the Schedule I or ScheduleI1
maintenance chartswhich correspond to the maintenance performed. Also, you should retain all maintenance receipts, Your
owner information portfolio is a convenient place to store them.
DATE
I
ODOMETER
READING
I
SERVICED BY
I
MAINTENANCE
PERFORMED
253. . .
Maintenance Schedule
Section E: Maintenance Record (Cont.)
DATE
. . ,254
ODOMETER
READING
SERVICED BY
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
I
DATE
I
I
I
ODOMETER
READING
~~
I
SERVICED BY
I
I
I
MAINTENANCE
PERFORMED
255. .
Maintenance Schedule
Section E: Maintenance Record (Cont.)
~~
DATE
. . .256
ODOMETER
READING
SERVICED BY
~
~
~
MAINTENANCE PERFORMED
Part 8
Customer Assistance
Information
H e r e you will find out how to
contact Chevrolet if you need
assistance. This part also tells
you how to obtain service
publications and how to report
any safety defects.
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
GM Participation in BBB AUTO LINE - Alternative Dispute
Resolution Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Chevrolet Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Canadian Roadside Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 1
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
261
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
261
Service Publications. . . . . . . .
I
257
.
I
Customer Assistance Information
of Canada Customer Assistance Center
in Oshawa by calling 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
In Mexico, call (525) 254-3777. In Puerto
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Rico
or U.S. Virgin Islands, call
important to your dealer and Chevrolet.
1-809-763-1315. In all other overseas
Normally, any concern with the sales
locations,
contact GM lnternational
transaction or the operation of your
Export Sales in Canada by calling
vehicle will be resolved by your
1-905-644-4 I 12.
dealer’s Sales or Service Departments.
Sometimes, however, despite the
For prompt assistance, please have the
best intentions of all concerned,
following information available to give
misunderstandings can occur. If your
the Customer Assistance Representative:
concern has not been resolved to your
Your name, address, home and
satisfaction, the following steps should
business telephone numbers
be taken:
0 Vehicle Identification Number (This is
STEP ONE: Discuss your concern with a
available from the vehicle registration
member of dealership management.
or title, or the plate attached to the left
Normally, concerns can be quickly
top of the instrument panel and visible
resolved at that level. If the matter has
through the windshield.)
already been reviewed with the Sales,
Dealershipnameandlocation
Service, or Parts Manager, contact the
owner of the dealership or the General
Vehicle delivery date and present
Manager.
mileage
STEP TWO:If after contacting a
0 Nature of concern
member of Dealership Management, it
We encourage you to call the toll-free
appears your concern cannot be resolved number listed previously in order to give
by the dealership without further help,
your inquiry prompt attention. However,
contact the Chevrolet Customer
if you wish to write Chevrolet, write to:
Assistance Center by calling
1-800-222-1020. In Canada, contact GM
Custumer satisfaction
Procedure
. . ,258
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
P. 0. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48097-7047
Refer to your Warranty and Owner
Assistance Information booklet for
addresses of Canadian and GMOverseas
offices.
When contacting Chevrolet, please
remember that your concern will likely
be resolved in the dealership, using the
dealership’s facilities, equipment and
personnel. That is why we suggest you
follow Step One first if you have a
concern.
Customer Assistance for the Hearing
or
Speech Impaired (TDD)
To assist owners who have hearing
difficulties, Chevrolet has installed
special TDD (Telecommunication
Devices for the Deaf) equipment at its
Customer Assistance Center. Any
hearing or speech impaired customer
who has access to a TDD or a
conventional teletypewriter (TTY) can
communicate with Chevrolet by dialing:
I -800-TDD-CHEV (1-800-833-2438).
(TDD users in Canada can dial
1-800-263-3830.)
GM Participation in
BBB AUTO LINE Alternative Dispute
Resolution Program *
Both Chevrolet and your Chevrolet dealer
are committed to making sure you are
completely satisfied with your new
vehicle. Our experience has shown that,
if a situation arises where you feel your
concern has not been adequately
addressed, the Customer Satisfaction
Procedure described earlier in this
section is very successful.
There may be instances where an
impartial third-party can assist in arriving
at a solution to a disagreement regarding
vehicle repairs or interpretation of the
New Vehicle Limited Warranty. To
assist in resolving these disagreements
Chevrolet voluntarily participates in
BBB AUTO LINE.
BBB AUTO LINE is an out-of-court
program administered by the Better
Business Bureau system to settle disputes
between customers and automobile
manufacturers. This program is available
free of charge to customers who currently
own or lease a GM vehicle.
If you are not satisfied after followingthe
Customer Satisfaction Procedure, you
may contact the BBB using the toll-free
telephone number, or write them at the
following address:
BBB AUTO LINE
Council of Better Business Bureaus
4200 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 800
Arlington, VA 22203
Telephone: 1-800-955-5 IO0
To file a claim,you will be asked to
provide your name and address, your
vehicle identification number (VIN),
and a statement of the nature of your
complaint. Eligibility is limited by vehicle
age and mileage, and other factors.
We prefer you utilize the Customer
Satisfaction Procedure before you resort
to AUTO LINE, but you may contact the
BBB at any time. The BBB will attempt
to resolve the complaint serving asan
intermediary between you and Chevrolet.
If this mediation is unsuccessful, an
informal hearing will be scheduled where
eligible customersmay present their case
to an impartial third-party arbitrator.
The arbitrator will make a decision which
you may accept or reject. If you accept
the decision, GM will be bound by that
decision. The entire disputeresolution
procedure should ordinarily take about
forty days from the time you file a claim
until a decision is made.
Some state laws may require you to use
this program before filing a claim with a
state-run arbitration program or in the
courts. For further information, contact
the BBB at 1-800-955-5100or the
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
at 1-800-222-1020.
* This program may not beavailable
in all states, depending on state law.
Canadian owners refer to your
Warranty and Owner Assistance
information booklet. General Motors
reserves the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or to discontinue its
participation in this program.
Reporting Safety
Defects to the United
States Government
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
259.
..
Customer Assistance information
(NHTSA), in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it
may open an investigation, and if it finds
that a safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual problems
between you, your dealer, or General
Motors.
To contact NHTSA, you may either call
the Auto Safety Hotline toll-free at
1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 in the
Washington, D.C. area) or write to:
NHTSA
U.S. Department of Transportation
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information
about motor vehicle safety from the
Hotline.
Reporting Safety
Defects to the Canadian
Government
If you live in Canada, and you believe
that your vehicle has a safety defect, you
should immediately notify Transport
Canada, in addition to notifying General
. . .260
Motors of Canada Limited. You may
write to:
Transport Canada
Box 8880
Ottawa, Ontario K I G 352
Reporting Safety
Defects to General
Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like this,
we certainly hope you’ll notify us. Please
call us at 1-800-222- 1020. or write:
Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center
P. 0. Box 7047
Troy, MI 48007-7047
In Canada, please call us at
1-800-263-3777 (English) or
1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1 H 8P7
ChevroletIGeo
Roadside Assistance
Program
To enhance Chevrolet/Geo’s strong
commitment to customer satisfaction,
Chevrolet/Geo is excited to provide the
services of the Chevrolet/Geo Roadside
Assistance Center.
Roadside Assistance is available 24 hours
a day, 365 days a year, by calling
1-800-CHEV-USA ( 1-800-243-8872).
This toll-free number will provide you
over-the-phone roadside assistance with
minor mechanical problems. If your
problem cannot be resolved over the
phone, our advisors have accessto a
nationwide network of dealer
recommended service providers. The
following services areavailable:
Towing
0 Locksmith
0 Tire repair
Rental car or taxi
Additional servicesas necessary
The Roadside Assistance Center uses
companies that will provide you with
quality and priority service. When
roadside services arerequired, our
advisors will explain any payment
obligations that may be incurred for
utilizing outside services.
For prompt assistance when calling,
please have the following availableto
give to the advisor:
0 Vehicle Identification Number
Licenseplate number
Vehicle color
Vehicle location
Telephone number where you can be
reached.
Vehicle mileage
Description of problem
Canadian Roadside
Assistance
Vehicles purchased in CANADA have an
extensive ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE
Program accessible from anywhere in
Canada or the U.S.A. Please refer to the
separate brochure provided by the dealer
or call 1-800-268-6800for emergency
services.
0
Up to $30 maximum daily CAB,
BUS or OTHER public transportation
allowance in lieu of rental for any
overnight repair up to 5 days.
OR
Up to $10 daily FUEL allowance
for rides provided by another person
(i.e., friend, neighbor, etc.) in lieu of
rental or other public transportation
for any overnight warranty repair up
Courtesy Tfurisportation to 5 days.
NOTE: All Courtesy Transportation
Chevrolet/Geo offers Courtesy
arrangements will be administered by
Transportation for customers needing
your Chevrolet/Geo dealership service
warranty service. Courtesy Transportation
management. Claim amounts should
will be offered in conjunction with the
reflect all actual costs.
coverage provided by the BUMPER TO
Chevrolet/Geo Courtesy
BUMPER New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Transportation
is not part of the
to retail and retail lease purchasers of
BUMPER TO BUMPER New Vehicle
1994 Chevrolet/Geo passenger car and
Limited
Warranty. Chevrolet/Geo
light-duty trucks.
reserves the right to make any
Courtesy Transportation includes:
changes or discontinueCourtesy
One-way SHUTTLE RIDE for any
Transportation at any time without
wap-anty repair completed during the
notification.
same day.
For additional program details, contact
Up to $30 maximum daily VEHICLE
your Chevrolet/Geo dealer.
RENTAL allowance for any overnight
In Canada,please consult your GM
warranty repair up to 5 days.
Dealer for information on courtesy
OR
transportation.
0
261
...
Customer Assistance Information
Service Publications
Information on how to obtain Product
Service Publications (PSP’s) and Indexes
as described below is applicable only in
the fifty U.S. states (and the District of
Columbia) and only for cars and light
trucks with GVWR less than 10,000
pounds (4 536 kg).
In Canada, information pertaining to
Product Service Bulletins and Indexes can
be obtained by writing to:
General Motors of Canada Limited
Service Publications Department
1908 Colonel Sam Dr.
Oshawa, Ontario L 1H 8P7
Chevrolet regularly sends its dealers
useful service bulletins about Chevrolet
products. Chevrolet monitors product
performance in the field. We then prepare
bulletins for servicing our products better.
Now, you can get these bulletins too.
Bulletins cover various subjects. Some
pertain to the proper use andcare of your
vehicle. Some describe costly repairs.
Others describe inexpensive repairs
which, if done on time with the latest
parts, may avoid future costly repairs.
Some bulletins tell a technician how to
. . .262
repair a new or unexpected condition.
Others describe a quicker way to fix your
vehicle. They can help a technician
service your vehicle better.
Most bulletins apply to conditions
affecting a small number of cars or trucks.
Your Chevrolet dealer or a qualified
technician may have todetermine if a
specific bulletin applies to your vehicle.
0
0
Ordering information so you can buy
the specific PSP’s you may want.
Price information for the PSP’s you
may want to buy.
How You Can Get an Index:
Indexes are published periodically. Most
of the PSP’s which could potentially
apply to the most recent Chevrolet models
will be listed in the most recent
Individual PSP’s
publication for that model year. This
means you may want to wait until the end
If you don’t want to buy all the PSP’s
of
the model year before ordering an
issued by Chevrolet for all car or truck
index, if you are interested in buying
models in the model year, you can buy
PSP’s
pertaining to a current model year
individual PSP’s, such as those which
car or truck.
may pertain to a particular model. To do
this, you will first need to see our index of Some PSP’s pertaining to a particular
PSP’s. It provides a variety of
model year vehicle may be publishedin
information. Here’s what you’ll find in
later years, and these would belisted in
the index and how you can get one:
the later year’s index. When youorder an
index for a model year that is not over
What You’ll Find in the Index:
yet, we’ll send you the most recently
published issue. Check the ordering form
0 A list of all PSP’s published by
for indexes for earlier model years.
Chevrolet in a model year ( I 990 or
later). PSP’s covering all models of
Cut out the ordering form, fill it out, and
Chevrolet cars or light trucks (less
mail it in. We will then see to it that an
than 10,000 pounds (4536 kg)
index is mailed to you. There is no charge
GVWR) are listed in the same index.
for indexes forthe 1990- 1994 model
years.
Toll-Free Telephone Number
If you want an additional ordering form
for an index, justcall toll-free and we’ll
be happy to send you one. Automated
recording equipment will take your name
and mailing address. Thenumber to call
is 1-800-55 1-4123.
A VERY IMPORTANT REMINDER:
These PSP’s are meant for technicians.
They are not meant for the
“do-it-yourselfer.” Technicians have the
equipment, tools, safety instructions, and
know-how to do a job quickly and safely.
Chevrolet Service Publications
You can get these by using the order
form:
263.. .
Customer Assistance Information
CHEVROLET SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDER FORM
NOTE: Please complete form below (Print or Type) and MAIL TO:
Post Office Box 07130, Detroit, Michigan 48207
ORDER TOLL FREE
1-800-782-4356
(Monday-Friday 8:OO A.M.-6:00 P.M. EST)
NOTE: Dealers and Companies please provide dealer
or company name, and
to whose attention the shipment should be sent.
also the name of the person
U.S.A.please write to the above address for quotation.
For purchases outside
(CUSTOMER NAME)
(ATTENTION)
.
-
(STREET ADDRESS-NO P.O.
T
0
(APT. NO.)
BOX NUMBERS)
~
(STATE)
DAYTIME TELEPHONE NO. CODE
AREA
(
)--
*Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation.
et Price lo be announced at a la,er date. Call ,-800-782-4356 forfurther
Orders cannot be returned without prior authorization. A restocking lee may apply.
. . ,264
(ZIP CODE)
~xpiration
r ln
l
Check here if your billing
address is different from your
shipping address shown.
(CUSTOMER SIGNATURE)
NOTETO CANADIAN CUSTOMERS: All listed prices are quoted in U.S. funds. Canadian residents are
to make checks payablein US. funds To cover Canadian postage. add$11.50 plus theUS. Handling Charge.
Requests for manuals printed in French should be directed to Canadian General Motors dealerships.
Please allow adequate time for postal service.
1994 CHEVROLET SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ORDERING INFORMATION
The following publications
covering theoperationand servicing of your vehiclecan be purchased by
filling out the ServicePublicationsOrder Form
in this book and mailing i t with your check, money order or creditcard information to Helm, Incorporated (address listed below).
CURRENT PUBLICATIONSFOR 1994 CHEVROLET CAMARO
ANUALSSERVICE
PUBLICATIONS
SERVICEPRODUCT
Product Service Publications
(PSP's), arebulletins, letters and articles
Service Manualshave the diagnosis, repair and overhaul information
published for trained dealer service personnel. See Service Publica-on engines, transmission,axle, suspension, brakes, electrical, steertions listed previously in this section.
ing, body, etc.
A cumulativeisindex published
quarterly
current
model
Model
during
the
Form Number
Price
year. The indexes list all PSP's published bychevroletin the model year.
1994 Chevrolet camaro. .
.
ST-368-94
TBA'
,
Year
1994
1993
1990-92
Index
PSP
NOTE:
Form
Number
PSPI-94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PSPI-93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PSPI-90-92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Price
Free
F~~~
Free
PSP Bound BulletinBook (Complete Year Bulletins)
PriceNumber
Year Form
Description
40.00
1991 All PSP'S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PSP-91-4
40.00
1990 All PSP'S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PSP-90-4
For subscription information call Helm, Incorporated.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
Please
specify
special
body
or engine
types
order
on
form.
Write information in the Form Number column. For example: Turbo,
Convertible.
"Price to be announced at a later date. Call 1-800-782-4356for further information.
OWNER'S INFORMATION
Owner publications are written
directly for owners and intendedto provide basic operational information about thevehicle.
1994 Chevrolet
Camaro
Owner's Manual
In Portfolio: Includes Portfolio, Owner's Manual andWarranty Booklet.
1994
Chevrolet
Camaro
In-Portfolio . . . . . ,10260932
$15.00
Without Portfolio: Includes Owner's Manual.
1994
Chevrolet
Camaro
Without
Portfolio .lo260940
Address all inquiries to:
CURRENT & PAST MODEL ORDER FORMS
Service Publicationsare availablefor current and past model Chevrolet
vehicles. To request an order form, please specify year and model
vehicle.name of
inquiriesFor
and
information
$10.00
HELM, INCORPORATED
PO. Box 07130
Detroit, MI 48207
call: 1-800-782-4356
265.
..
~~~
Customer Assistance Information
. . ,266
.
........................
Acceleration Slip Regulation
System .....................
And CruiseControl . . . . . . . . . . .
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . .
Accessory Power. Retained . . . . . . .
Add-on Electrical Equipment . . . . .
Adding Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additives. Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . .
AirBags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How the System Works . . . . . . . .
Servicing Your Air Bag-Equipped
Chevrolet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Cleaner ....................
Air Conditioner Controls . . . . . . . . .
Air Control Knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . .
Alignment and Tire Balance.
Wheel ......................
Aluminum Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AMFM Stereo
With Cassette Tape Player . . . . . .
With Compact Disc Player . . . . . .
Antenna. FixedMast . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti-Lock Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . .
ToUse .....................
AppearanceCare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Appearance Care and Materials . . . .
127
128
79
96
56
227
199
190
26
27
Appearance Care. Service and . . . . . 179
Ashtrayand Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Ashtray. Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
ASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
And Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . 79
System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . 96
Audio Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 12
Audio Systems. Comfort
Controls and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . I94
Axle. Limited-Slip Rear . . . . . . . . . . 66
197
Axle. Rear ....................
30
27
19I B a b i e s . Smaller Children
1 10
and (SafetyBelts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
108 Balance. Wheel Alignment
192
219
and Tire ....................
204
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
219 Battery Replacement. Remote Lock
224
50
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BBB Auto Line - Alternative Dispute
I13
Resolution Program.
116
GM Participation in . . . . . . . . . 259
121 Before Leaving on a Long Trip . . . . 137
127 Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
95 Belt. Lap-Shoulder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1
128 Bi-Level Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I09
220 Blizzard. If You’re Caught in a . . . 141
226 Box. Glove ....................
86
Brakes
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Anti-Lock (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Fluid .......................
203
Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
66
Parking .....................
PedalTravel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
System Parts. Replacing . . . . . . . . 204
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 94
145
Trailer ......................
203
Wear ......................
Braking (Control of a Vehicle) . . . . . 126
Braking in Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . 129
“Break.111. NewVehicle . . . . . . . . 55
Brightness Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Center High-Mounted
Stoplight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Front Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Rear Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Rear Sidemarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 I O
Bulbs. Halogen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Bulbs. Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
..
Canadian Roadside Assistance . . .
Capacities and Specifications . . . . . .
Carbon Monoxide . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Care
Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cassette Tape Player . . . . . . . . . .
261
232
52
220
120
Index
Care
Compact Discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Cassette And Compact Disc
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Cassette Tape Player. AMFM
Stereo with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 13
Cassette Tape Player.
Care ofYour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Chains. Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Changing a Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Check Gages Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Checking Things under the Hood . . 184
Checking Your Restraint Systems . . 43
Chemical Paint Spotting . . . . . . . . . . 225
Chevrolet/Geo Roadside
Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Right Front Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Top Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Where toPutthe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Children (Safety Belts) . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Children. Larger (Safety Belts) .... 42
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Circuit Breakers. Fuses and . . . . . . . 228
City Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Cleaner. Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Cleaning
AluminumWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
... 268
Cleaning
221
Fabric ......................
Glass .......................
223
Inside of Your Chevrolet . . . . . . . 221
Instrument Panel. Top of . . . . . . . 222
Leather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Outside of Your Chevrolet . . . . . . 223
Problems. Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
224
Tires .......................
Twin Lift-off Roof Panels . . . . . . 223
Vinyl ......................
222
Windshield and Wiper Blades . . . 223
Clock. Setting the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Close-Out Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Clutch. Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Comfort Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Comfort Controls and Audio
Systems ....................
107
Compact Disc. To Play a . . . . . . . . . 117
Compact Disc Player. AMFM
Stereo with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Compact Disc Storage.
Cassette and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Compact Discs. Care of Your . . . . . . 121
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Compartments. Storage and . . . . . . . 86
Console. Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Control. Loss of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Controls
Air Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Comfort ....................
108
Features and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Main Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Remote Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Convertible Top . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Installing the Boot Cover . . . . . . . 102
To Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
To Raise ....................
103
Convex Outside Mirror . . . . . . . . . . 82
Coolant
Adding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
198
Engine .....................
Heater. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
How to Add to the Coolant
Recovery Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
How to Add to the Radiator . . 161. 163
Temperature Gage. Engine . . . . . . 97
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Courtesy Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . 261
Covered VisorVanity Mirror . . . . . . 89
CruiseControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
79
ASR and ....................
Passing Another Vehicle
While Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Cruise Control
To EraseSpeed Memory . . . . . . .
ToGet Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To Increase Speed While Using . .
To Reduce SpeedWhile Using . .
To Resume aSetSpeed . . . . . . . .
ToSet ......................
Using on Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curves. Driving on . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer Assistancefor the Hearing
or Speech Impaired (TDD) . . . . .
Customer Assistance Information . .
Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . .
79
79
77
78
77
76
78
130
258
257
258
D a y t i m e Running Lights . . . . . . . 80
Deep Standing Water
Driving through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Defects. Safety
Reporting to General Motors . . . . 260
Reporting to the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Reporting to the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Defogger. Rear Window . . . . . . . . . 1I 1
Defogging and Defrosting
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Dimensions. Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Doing Your Own Service Work . . . . 180
Door Locks ....................
47
Door Locks. Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Driver Position (Safety Belts) . . . . .
Driving
AtNight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drunken . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freeway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In the Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OnSnow or Ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Through Deep Standing Water . . .
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
With a Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drunken Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Center. Underhood . . . .
Electrical Equipment. Add-on . . . . .
ElectricMirror Control . . . . . . . . . .
Emergencies. Braking in . . . . . . . . .
Emergencies. Steering in . . . . . . . . .
Engine
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant(Block) Heater . . . . . . . .
Coolant Temperature Gage . . . . .
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil Pressure Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21 Environment. Your Vehicle
andthe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
133 Exhaust. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
136 Explanation of Scheduled
124
MaintenanceServices . . . . . . . . .
124 Extender. Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . .
137
134 F a b r i c Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
130 Fan Control Knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
140 Features and Controls . . . . . . . . . . .
58 Filling YourTank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
139 Filter. Air. Replacement . . . . . . . . . .
145 Finish Care (Paint) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
124 Finish Damage (Paint) . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed Mast Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . .
230 Flashers. HazardWarning . . . . . . . .
227 Flat Tire. Changing a . . . . . . . . . . . .
82 Flat. If a Tire Goes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
129 Floormats .....................
130 Flow-Through Ventilation System . .
Fluid
198
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . .
Brake ......................
59
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . .
97
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70
227
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieldWasher . . . . . . . . . . .
187
99 FogLights ....................
157 Folding Rear Seatback . . . . . . . . . . .
232 Foreign Countries. Fuels in . . . . . . .
57 Foreign Material Paint Damage . . . .
238
70
244
43
222
108
45
183
192
224
225
124
148
167
166
89
I11
194
203
196
200
251
201
81
15
182
225
269 . .
Four-WayManual Seat . . . . . . . . . . 12
Freeway Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Front
89
Ashtray .....................
Console ....................
87
Map Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1
Seat. Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Seatback Latches . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Seatbacks. Reclining . . . . . . . . . . 13
TowingHook-ups . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
181
Fuel .........................
Fuel Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . 182
Fuse Block. Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
FuseBlock.Underhood . . . . . . . . . . 230
Fuses andCircuitBreakers . . . . . . . 228
HatchRelease.Remote
..........
HazardWarning Flashers . . . . . . . . .
Headlight Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlight High/LowBeam . . . . . . .
Heater Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater. Engine Coolant (Block) . . . .
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Highway Hypnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hill andMountainRoads . . . . . . . . .
Hitches .......................
Hood Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood. Checking Things underthe . .
Hook.Ups.FrontTowing . . . . . . . . .
Hook.Ups. RearTowing . . . . . . . . .
Horn .........................
How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant RecoveryTank . . . . . . . .
How to Add Coolant to the
Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161.
Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydroplaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hypnosis.Highway . . . . . . . . . . . . .
52
148
205
74
108
59
108
138
138
144
184
I84
154
156
72
Identification Number.Vehicle . . . .
Identification. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . .
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I f You’re Stuck: In Sand. Mud. Ice
or Snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H a l o g e n Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Inflatable Restraint System.
Hatch Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 I
Supplemental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
227
227
166
Gages
Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . 97
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Fuel .......................
94
Warning Lights and Indicators . . . 93
Gasolines for Cleaner Air . . . . . . . . 182
Glass (Cleaning) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
86
GloveBox ....................
GM Participation in BBB Auto Line Alternative Dispute Resolution
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
...270
160
163
197
135
138
177
55
26
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 2 15
Inflation .
Inside Daymight Rearview
Mirror ......................
82
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Instrument Panel. Cleaning the
222
Topof .....................
Interior Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
J u m p Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
K e y Release Button . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Keys
.........................
46
L a b e l , Service Parts
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Lane Change Indicator,
Turn Signal and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Lap-Shoulder Belt (Safety Belts) . . . 21
Larger Children (SafetyBelts) . . . . . 42
Latches, Front Seatback . . . . . . . . . . 14
Leaving YourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Leaving Your Vehicle with the
Engine Running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Lighter.Ashtrayand . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Lights
Air Bag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Anti-Lock Brake System
Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
96
ASR .......................
Lights
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . 94
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 I
Check Gages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I00
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
81
Daytime Running . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
81
Front Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Gages and Indicators. Warning . . 93
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
81
Low Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 1
LowOil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100
Low Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Main Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 98
Operation of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Safety Belt Reminder . . . . . . . . . . 20
Service Engine Soon . . . . . . . . . . 98
Skip Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Lights On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Limited-Slip Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . 66
Loading YourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 2 12
Lock Control. Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Locks. Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Locks. Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Low Coolant Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 1
LowOil Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Low Traction Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Lubricant. Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Lubricants. Recommended . . . . . . . 25 1
M a i n Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
MainLight Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Maintenance
Inspections. Periodic . . . . . . . . . . 249
253
Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
237
Services. Scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
When Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . 146
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . . 98
Manual
Adjust Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Front Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Remote Control Mirror . . . . . . . . 82
Seat. Four-Way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2
Transmission (Five-Speed) . . . . . 62
Transmission (Six-Speed) . . . . . . 63
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Map Lights. Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
MapPocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Master Cylinder. Brake . . . . . . . . . . 202
Mirrors
Control. Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Convex Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Inside Day/Night Rearview . . . . . 82
Manual Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Manual Remote Control . . . . . . . . 82
VisorVanity. Covered . . . . . . . . . 89
Mountain Roads. Hill and . . . . . . . . 138
N e w Vehicle “Break-In” . . . . . . 55
Night Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
NightVision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i34
Nuts. Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
.
O d o m e t e r Speedometer and . . . . 92
Odometer. Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Oil. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
187
Operation of Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Overheating. Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Owner Checks and Services . . . . . . . 246
P (Park) Shifting into
. . . . . . . . . 67
P (Park). Shifting out of . . . . . . . . . . 69
Paint
Chemical Spotting . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Finish Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Finish Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Foreign Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Parking
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
66
On Hills (Trailer Towing) . . . . . . 146
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . 70
Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Parts. Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
PASS-Key I1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Passenger Positions (Safety Belts) . . 31
Rear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Right Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
271
..
Passengers. Rear Seat
(Safety Belts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 I
Passing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13I
PedalTravel.Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Periodic Maintenance Inspections . . 249
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
RetainedAccessory . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Seat.Six-Wdy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
SteeringFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
71
Windows ....................
Pregnancy. Safety Belt Use
during ......................
31
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
200
Pressure Cap. Radiator
ProblemsontheRoad
. . . . . . . . . . . 147
Publications. Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Questions Many People Ask about
Safety Belts - and the Answers.
Here are . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radiator Pressure Cap . . . . . . . . . .
Radiator. How to Add Coolant
to the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 1.
RadioReception.Understanding . . .
Radio. To Play the
AM/FM Stereo with Cassette
TapePlayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AM/FM Stereo with Compact
DiscPlayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...272
19
200
163
120
1 13
I I6
Rain.Driving in the . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Rainy Weather Tips. Some Other . . . I36
Rear
Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
197
Axle. Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
SeatPassengers (Safety Belts) . . . 31
Seat. Securing a Child Restraint
in the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37
Seatback. Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Towing Hook-Ups . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
WindowDefogger . . . . . . . . . . . . I I 1
Rearview Mirror? Inside
82
Day/Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RecliningFront Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . 13
Recommended Fluids
andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Recovery.Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Release
Hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51
Hatch. Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
184
ReminderLight.SafetyBelt
. . . . . . 20
Reminder.LightsOn
. . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Remote HatchRelease . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Remote LockControl . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Replacement
Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Battery. Remote LockControl . . . 50
Bulbs (Part Numbers) . . . . . . . . . . 23 1
Bulbs (Service) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
233
Replacement
Wheel ......................
Wheels.Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacing Brake SystemParts . . . . .
Replacing Safety Belts after
a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . .
Restraint Systems. Seats and . . . . . .
Restraints
Checking Your System . . . . . . . . .
Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Where to Putthe . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RetainedAccessoryPower . . . . . . . .
Right Front Passenger Position
(Safety Belts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right Front Seat. Securing a Child
Restraint in the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Road. Problems onthe . . . . . . . . . . .
Road. Your Driving and the . . . . . . .
Roads. Hill andMountain . . . . . . . .
RoadsideAssistance.Canadian . . . .
Roadside Assistance. Chevrolet . . . .
Rocking Your Vehicle to Get
It out ......................
RoofPanels.Twin Lift-off . . . . . . .
Rotation.Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running Lights.Daytime . . . . . . . . .
Running Your Engine while
You’reParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
219
219
204
44
259
11
43
35
35
36
31
39
147
123
138
261
260
177
83
216
80
71
Index
T T o p Sunshades . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tachometer ....................
Tank. Filling Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature Control Knob . . . . . . .
Theft .........................
Theft Deterrent Feature/
THEFTLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Theft-Deterrent. PASS-Key I1 . . . . .
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tilt Wheel .....................
Tips. Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips.Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance. Wheel Alignment and . .
Buying New . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chains .....................
Changing a Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inflation Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspection and Rotation . . . . . . . .
Temperature Grades . . . . . . . . . . .
Traction Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Uniform Quality Grading . . . . . . .
When It’s Time for New . . . . . . .
Tone. Setting the
AM/Fl\/IStereo with Cassette Tape
Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AM/FM Stereo with Compact Disc
Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
... 274
Top Strap(ChildRestraints) . . . . . . . 36
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Lock
85 Torque
93 Towing
183
A Trailer ....................
142
FrontHook-Ups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
108
RearHook-Ups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
53
YourVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
I 18 Trailer Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
53 Trailer.Towing a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
200 Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
72
Fluid. Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
130
Fluid.Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
I 12
Manual.Five-Speed . . . . . . . . . . . 62
212
Manual. Six-Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
214
219 Transmitters. Matching to Your
Vehicle (Remote Lock Control) . . 49
2 I7
220 Transportation. Courtesy . . . . . . . . . 26 1
167 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
2 15 Trip. Before Leaving on a Long . . . . 137
2 16 Turn Signal and Lane Change
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
73
2 I8
2 18 Turn SignaVHeadlight
Beam Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
2 18
2 18 Twin Lift-off RoofPanels . . . . . . . . 83
2 17
Underbody Maintenance . . . . . . . 225
UnderhoodElectrical Center . . . . . . 230
I14 Understanding Radio Reception . . . 120
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . 218
I I7 Used Oil. What to DoWith . . . . . . . 191
Used Replacement Wheels . . . . . . . .
Vehicle
Control of a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
............ 7
Damage
Warnings
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Environment andYour . . . . . . . . . 238
Identification Number (VIN) . . . . 227
Leaving Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Loading Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Parking Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
177
Rocking ....................
204
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Towing Your . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
WashingYour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
109
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ventilation System.
Flow-Through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1
VentilationTips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Vision.Night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
VisorVanityMirror.Covered . . . . . . 89
Visors.Sun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
88
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
98
W a r n i n g.
Devices. Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
HazardFlashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Lights. Gages and Indicators . . . . 93
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Vehicle
Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
WasherFluid. Windshield . . . . . . . .
Washers. Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washing Your Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .
Water. Driving Through
DeepStanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weatherstrips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weight of the Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel Nut Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel s
Alignment and Tire Balance . . . .
Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Used Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .
Where to Put the Restraint
(Child Restraints) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Why Safety Belts Work . . . . . . . . . .
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defogging and Defrosting . . . . . .
Manual .....................
Power ......................
Rear Defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windshield
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washer .....................
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wipers .....................
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wipers. Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . .
201
75
223
58
225
143
233
219
224
219
72
219
35
17
71
109
71
71
111
223
75
201
74
139
74
x u r Driving and the Road . . . . . . 123
275
...
Notes
. . .276
Notes
...278
Notes
. .,280
Notes
. ..282
...
1
-
tes
. ..284
er I
285..
.
., .-.,?..
Notes
. ..286
.
-
... .
.
.~
.~ .,
287. .
.
Service Station Information
Hood Release
See Page 184
See Page 201
\Battery
Engine Oil Dipstick andFill Cap
(3.4L L32 (Code S) Engine)
See Page 188
/
Engine Oil Dipstick and
Fill Cap
(5.7L LTl (Code P) Engine)
See Page 188
Cold Tire Pressure
See Tire-Loading Information label on the \
inside of the rear edge of the driver’s door.
See Page 212
The Delco Freedom@battery needs
no water. See Page 204
\
Cooling System Reservoir
Check coolant at the coolant recovery tank
by using the dipstick. Add coolant at the
coolant recovery tank. The fluid should be
at or a little above the “FULL HOT”mark
on the dipstick when the engine is warm.
If the engine is cool, the level should be at
”FULL COLD” on the dipstick.
See Page 199
Fuel\
Capacity 15.5 U.S. Gal. (58.7 L).
Use unleaded gas only, 87 octane or
higher for the 3.4L L32 (Code S) engine,
9 1 octane or higher for the 5.7L LT 1
(Code P) engine. See Page 181
‘Spare
Tire Pressure
Compact Spare: 60 psi (420 kPa).
See Page 176
WE SUPPORT
VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN
CERTIFICATION THROUGH
National Institutefor
AUTOMOTIVE
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE
Download PDF

advertising